PATHNET INC
10-K, 1999-03-18
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: GLOBAL HEALTH SCIENCES INC, 10-K, 1999-03-18
Next: FINGER LAKES FINANCIAL CORP, DEF 14A, 1999-03-18



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ----------------------
                                    FORM 10-K

  [X]    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

                                       OR

  [_]    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE 
                        SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         For the transition period from              to

                          Commission File No. 333-53467

                                  Pathnet, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                          52-1941838
(State or other jurisdiction of                           (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                           Identification No.)

     1015 31st Street, N.W.
          Washington, DC                                       20007
 (Address of principal executive offices)                    (Zip Code)

                                 (202) 625-7284
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                      None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                 Yes [X]     No [ ]

As of March 12, 1999 there were 2,903,324  shares of the Issuer's  common stock,
par value $.01 per share, outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

                                      None


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>

                                                                                    Page


<S>             <C>                                                                  <C>
<CAPTION>
                                     PART I
Item 1          Business                                                             3
Item 2          Properties                                                           8
Item 3          Legal Proceedings                                                    9
Item 4          Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                  9

                                     PART II

Item 5          Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                Stockholder Matters                                                 11
Item 6          Selected Consolidated Financial Data                                11
Item 7          Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                Condition and Results of Operations                                 12
Item 7A         Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk          31
Item 8          Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                         31
Item 9          Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                Accounting and Financial Disclosure                                 31

                                    PART III

Item 10         Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                  32
Item 11         Executive Compensation                                              35
Item 12         Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                Management                                                          39
Item 13         Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                      41

                                     PART IV

Item 14         Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K     45

Signatures                                                                          48

Index to Financial Statements                                                      F-1
</TABLE>

                                       2

<PAGE>


          Certain  statements in this Report,  in future  filings by the Company
  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  in the Company's press releases
  and in oral statements made by or with the approval of an authorized executive
  officer  of  the  Company  constitute  forward-looking  statements,  including
  statements which can be identified by the use of  forward-looking  terminology
  such as "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "expects,"  "may," "will," or "should" or
  the negative of such  terminology or other  variations on such  terminology or
  comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategies that involve risks and
  uncertainties.  All statements  other than  statements of historical  facts in
  this Report, including,  without limitation, such statements under the caption
  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of
  Operations,"  regarding  the Company or any of the  transactions  described in
  this  Report  or  the  timing,  financing,  strategies  and  effects  of  such
  transaction,  are  forward-looking  statements.  Although the Company believes
  that  the  expectations  reflected  in  such  forward-looking  statements  are
  reasonable,  it can give no assurance that such  expectations will prove to be
  correct.   Important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ
  materially from expectations include,  without limitation,  those described in
  conjunction with the forward-looking statements in this Report, as well as the
  amount of  capital  needed to deploy  the  Company's  network;  the  Company's
  substantial   leverage  and  its  need  to  service  its   indebtedness;   the
  restrictions  imposed by the Company's  current and possible future  financing
  arrangements;   the  ability  of  the  Company  to  successfully   manage  the
  cost-effective and timely completion of its network and its ability to attract
  and retain customers for its products and services; the ability of the Company
  to implement its newly  expanded  business plan; the ability of the Company to
  retain  and  attract   relationships   with  the   incumbent   owners  of  the
  telecommunications assets with which the Company expects to build its network;
  the  ability  of the  Company  to obtain and  maintain  rights-of-way  for the
  deployment  of its network;  the  Company's  ability to retain and attract key
  management and other personnel as well as the Company's  ability to manage the
  rapid  expansion of its  business and  operations;  the  Company's  ability to
  compete  in the highly  competitive  telecommunications  industry  in terms of
  price,  service,  reliability and technology;  the Company's dependence on the
  reliability of its network equipment, its reliance on key suppliers of network
  equipment and the risk that its technology  will become  obsolete or otherwise
  not economically  viable; and the Company's ability to conduct its business in
  a  regulated  environment.   See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations - Risk  Factors." The Company
  does not intend to update these forward-looking statements.

PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

THE COMPANY

         Pathnet, Inc. ("Pathnet" or the "Company") was founded in 1995 and is a
leading  "carrier's   carrier"   providing   high-quality,   low-cost,   digital
telecommunications  capacity to  under-served  and second- and  third-tier  U.S.
markets. The Company's strategy is to partner with owners of  telecommunications
assets, including utility,  pipeline and railroad companies  ("Incumbents"),  to
upgrade  and  aggregate  existing  infrastructure  to a  state-of-the-art  SONET
network.  The Company currently has approximately 2,000 route miles of completed
network,  approximately  5,000 route  miles of network  under  construction  and
approximately  10,000  route  miles  of  network  under  contract.  The  Company
originally    focused    its   network    development    efforts   on   wireless
telecommunications  technology.  

                                       3

<PAGE>

However,  as a result of  customer  demand and market  opportunity,  the Company
expanded  the  scope of its  existing  wireless  network  business  strategy  in
February 1999 to include fiber optic technology as part of the Company's overall
digital  telecommunications  network.  As a  result,  the  Company  is no longer
limiting the development of its strategic  network  relationships  to incumbents
with  wireless  assets.  The Company's  expanded  product line will enable it to
deliver high bandwidth  services as well as dark and dim fiber to inter-exchange
carriers ("IXCs"), local exchange carriers, Internet service providers ("ISPs"),
Regional Bell Operating  Companies  ("RBOCs"),  cellular operators and resellers
(collectively,  "Telecom  Service  Providers").  The  bandwidth and dark and dim
fiber  available  on selected  routes  resulting  from  deployment  of Pathnet's
integrated  network is intended to enable these Telecom Service Providers to (i)
deliver  advanced  services to areas that are currently  under-served by digital
networks,  (ii) aggregate traffic from cities in second- and third-tier  markets
and (iii) obtain dedicated network services in such markets.  In addition,  upon
obtaining the requisite  rights-of-way  and other required permits and licenses,
the Company  will be able to offer  customized  builds to such  Telecom  Service
Providers.

         The  Company  has  held  meetings  with  over 300  potential  strategic
partners who own  telecommunications  assets.  As of December 31, 1998,  nine of
these entities have entered into ten binding agreements  relating to the initial
design and construction of approximately  10,000 route miles of digital network.
Eight of these binding  agreements are long-term Fixed Point Microwave  Services
Agreements ("FPM  Agreements")  with affiliates of Burlington  Northern Santa Fe
Railroad,  Enron, Idaho Power Company,  Northeast Missouri Electric Cooperative,
Northern  Indiana Public Service  Company,  Texaco and with two affiliates of KN
Energy.  The ninth  agreement  is a  binding  term  sheet  with  American  Tower
Corporation,  which controls certain telecommunications assets including certain
assets divested by CSX Railroad, ARCO Pipeline and MCI WorldCom, Inc. ("MCI") to
enable the  Company  to utilize  tower  assets and other  facilities.  The tenth
agreement is a tower lease agreement with Titan Towers. In addition to deploying
its wireless and fiber network to serve  under-served and second- and third-tier
markets by forming long-term  relationships with strategic partners, the Company
may pursue opportunities to acquire or deploy  complementary  telecommunications
assets or technologies and to serve other markets. See "Risk Factors -- Risks of
Completing the Company's Network; Market Acceptance."

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

         The Company offers  dedicated  private line access for voice,  data and
video  transmission in DS-1, DS-3 and OC-3 increments on the wireless portion of
its network and will offer larger increments of dedicated private line access on
the fiber portion of its network. In addition to bandwidth services, the Company
plans  to offer  dark  and dim  fiber to  customers.  Management  believes  this
flexibility  together  with the scope of the Company's  integrated  wireless and
fiber network will appeal to a broad variety of customers.

         The  Company  also  offers   telecommunications   project   management,
provisioning services and other customer services. The Company expects to employ
a state-of-the-art  operating support system capable of supporting on-line order
entry and  remote  circuit  provisioning.  The  Company  also  expects to employ
information  systems that permit  customers  to monitor  network  quality  using
benchmarks such as network uptime, mean time to repair,  installation intervals,
timeliness of billing and network operating center ("NOC")  responsiveness.  The
Company expects that its state-of-the-art "NOC" will permit pro-

<PAGE>


                                       4

active  service  monitoring  and system  management on a 24 hours per day, seven
days per week basis. The Company expects to combine network management,  billing
and  customer  care on an  integrated  platform to offer its  customers a single
point of contact.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY'S NETWORK

         The Company is in various stages of evaluating and negotiating  several
agreements and arrangements relating to the deployment of its network including,
but not limited to, agreements to obtain rights-of-way, co-development and other
partnering  arrangements.  There can be no assurance,  however, that any of such
potential  relationships  will result in binding  agreements  or that any of the
transactions currently being evaluated will be consummated.  See "Risk Factors--
Risks of Completing the Company's Network; Market Acceptance."

EQUIPMENT SUPPLY AGREEMENTS

         Pursuant  to a Master  Agreement  entered  into by the  Company and NEC
America,  Inc.  and it  affiliates  ("NEC") on August 8, 1997,  as amended,  the
Company agreed to purchase from NEC by December 31, 2002 a total of $200 million
worth of certain  equipment,  services and  licensed  software to be used by the
Company in its network under pricing and payment terms that the Company believes
are  favorable  based on the prices of  comparable  products  in other  markets.
However,  in the event the Company fails to purchase all of such equipment,  NEC
has reserved the right to withdraw such favorable  pricing levels.  NEC warrants
the equipment  against defects for three years and has agreed promptly to repair
or  replace  defective  equipment.  NEC will  also  maintain  for the  Company's
benefit,  a stock of  critical  spare  parts for up to 15 years.  The  Company's
agreement with NEC provides for fixed prices during the first three years of its
term. In addition,  pursuant to a Purchase  Agreement between Andrew Corporation
("Andrew") and the Company,  the Company agreed  exclusively to recommend to the
Incumbents  certain  products  manufactured  by Andrew and Andrew agreed to sell
such products to Incumbents and the Company for a three-year  period,  renewable
for two additional one-year periods at the option of the Company.  The Company's
agreement  with  Andrew  generally  provides  for  discounted  pricing  based on
projected order volume.

         Pursuant to a supply  agreement  entered into by the Company and Lucent
Technologies  ("Lucent")  on December 18, 1998,  the Company  agreed that Lucent
would  be the  Company's  exclusive  supplier  of  fiber  optic  cable  for  its
nationwide,  voice and data network.  The agreement is initially  valued at $440
million  and  could  grow up to $2.1  billion  over the  life of the  seven-year
agreement. As part of the supply agreement, Lucent will provide a broad level of
support,  including  fiber  optic  equipment,  network  planning  and design and
technical  and  marketing  support.  Certain  material  terms  of the  Company's
agreements  with Lucent are  currently  under  review by Lucent and the Company.
There can be no  assurance  that the  transactions  contemplated  by this supply
agreement  will be  consummated  or  consummated  on the  terms  and  conditions
described  above.  Lucent has also  agreed to  provide  equipment  financing  in
connection with this supply agreement. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations  -  Liquidity  and Capital
Resources" and "Risk Factors - Reliance on Lucent - Lucent Agreements."

                                       5

<PAGE>


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         The Company uses the name  "Pathnet" as its primary  business  name and
service  mark and has  registered  that name with the United  States  Patent and
Trademark  Office.  On February 26, 1998,  the Company filed an  application  to
register  its service  mark "A NETWORK OF  OPPORTUNITIES"  in the United  States
Patent and Trademark Office for communications services, namely establishing and
operating a network  through the use of fiber  optic and high  capacity  digital
radio  equipment.  Registration  of such  service mark is expected by the end of
1999.  The  Company  reasonably  believes  that the  application  will mature to
registration, but there can be no assurance that such registration will actually
be issued.

         The Company  relies upon a  combination  of  licenses,  confidentiality
agreements  and  other  contractual  covenants  to  establish  and  protect  its
technology and other intellectual  property rights. These rights are critical to
certain  aspects  of the  design,  deployment  and  operation  of the  Company's
network.  The Company currently has no patents or patent  applications  pending.
There can be no  assurance  that the steps taken by the Company will be adequate
to prevent misappropriation of its technology or other intellectual property. In
addition,  the Company  depends on the use of  intellectual  property of others,
including the hardware and software used to construct,  operate and maintain its
network.  Although the Company believes that its business as currently conducted
does not  infringe on the valid  proprietary  rights of others,  there can be no
assurance  that third parties will not assert  infringement  claims  against the
Company or that, in the event of an unfavorable  ruling on such claim, a license
or similar  agreement  to utilize  technology  relied upon by the Company in the
conduct of its business  will be available to the Company on  reasonable  terms.
The Company's equipment supply contracts with Lucent, NEC and Andrew provide for
indemnification  by  the  supplier  to the  Company  for  intellectual  property
infringement  claims  regarding  the  suppliers'  equipment.  In the case of the
agreement with Andrew,  however, such indemnification is limited to the purchase
price paid for the particular equipment.

CUSTOMERS AND SALES AND MARKETING STRATEGY

         The Company  primarily  targets  Telecom  Service  Providers as well as
smaller  carriers and large end-users.  The Company's  marketing focus is to (i)
offer  capacity to fill gaps in its  customers'  networks,  including  dedicated
network  through the sale of dark fiber;  (ii) provide  alternative  capacity to
incumbent  local  exchange  carriers  ("ILECs"),  and (iii) capture  demand from
Telecom  Service  Providers  for the  Company's  products,  including  bandwidth
services,  as a lower cost  provider.  The Company  markets its network to major
IXCs such as AT&T Corp.  ("AT&T"),  MCI and  Sprint  Corporation  ("Sprint")  to
satisfy their expanding network  requirements.  The Company expects that it will
be well  positioned  to provide  capacity to meet  demand in diverse  geographic
areas.

         The Company believes there will be significant  opportunities to market
its capacity to RBOCs when they commence long distance  service outside of their
current service areas. The Company also plans to market the Company's network to
RBOCs or other  ILECs  for use  within  their own  service  areas.  The  Company
believes   ILECs  will  be  attracted  to  the  Company's   ability  to  provide
supplemental capacity on a leased basis, permitting them to conserve capital and
providing a low-cost  redundancy  alternative.  The Company believes its network
will  allow  RBOCs and ILECs to focus on larger  cities  while  providing  small
communities within their service areas with broadband connectivity.

                                       6
<PAGE>


         The Company expects that mobile wireless operators will be attracted to
the Company's  ability to provide back haul  capacity from remote  network sites
that connect its mobile switches with backbone transport  capacity.  The Company
also  intends  to market  its  capacity  to  competitive  access  providers  and
competitive  local  exchange  carriers  ("CLECs")  who can utilize the Company's
network to  interconnect  various  service areas on an intra-LATA and inter-LATA
basis.  Additionally  the Company will market capacity to ISPs to facilitate the
creation  of   additional   points  of  presence   ("POPs")  for  local  dial-up
connectivity  to  the  ISPs'  customer  base,  thereby   eliminating  the  ISPs'
dependence on IXCs for capacity.

         As  of  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  was  providing   commercial
telecommunications  service to three customers with several additional customers
awaiting installation. As the Company continues to deploy its nationwide network
and expand its  products  and  services to include dark and dim fiber as well as
high  bandwidth  services,  the  Company  expects  that its  customer  base will
materially grow.  Although the Company  currently  derives some revenue from the
sale of bandwidth services,  the majority of the Company's revenues to date have
been derived from construction management and advisory services. For a statement
of the Company's revenue and operating results for each of the three years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, see "Consolidated Statement of Operations."

COMPETITION

         The telecommunications  industry is highly competitive.  In particular,
price competition in the carrier's carrier market has generally been intense and
is  expected  to  increase.  The Company  competes  and expects to compete  with
numerous  competitors  who have  substantially  greater  financial and technical
resources,  long-standing  relationships  with their  customers and potential to
subsidize  competitive  services from less competitive service revenues and from
federal  universal  service  subsidies.  Such  competitors  may be  operators of
existing or newly deployed wireline or wireless telecommunications networks. The
Company  will  also  face  intense  competition  due to an  increased  supply of
telecommunications  capacity, the effects of deregulation and the development of
new  technologies,  including  technologies  that will  increase the capacity of
existing networks.

         The Company  anticipates that prices for its carrier's carrier services
will continue to decline over the next several years.  The Company is aware that
certain long distance  carriers are expanding  their  capacity and believes that
other long distance carriers, as well as potential new entrants to the industry,
are constructing new long distance  transmission  networks in the United States.
If industry  capacity  expansion results in capacity that exceeds overall demand
along the Company's routes, severe additional pricing pressure could develop. As
a result the Company could face dramatic and substantial price reductions.  Such
pricing pressure could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial
condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.   See  "Risk  Factors
Competition; Pricing Pressures."

         While the Company  generally  will not  compete  with  Telecom  Service
Providers for end-user customers, the Company may compete, on certain routes, as
a carrier's carrier with long distance carriers such as AT&T, MCI and Sprint and
operators of fiber optic systems such as IXC Communications,  Inc., The Williams
Companies   Inc.,   Qwest   Communications   International   Inc.  and  Level  3
Communications   Inc.,  who  would  otherwise  be  the  Company's  customers  in
under-served  and second- and  third-tier  markets.  The Company  will also face
competition  increasingly in the long haul market from local exchange  carriers,
regional network providers,  resellers, satellite carriers, public utilities and
cable companies.  In particular,  certain ILECs and CLECs are allowed to provide
inter-LATA long distance


                                       7
<PAGE>


services. Furthermore, RBOCs will be allowed to provide inter-LATA long distance
services  within their  regions after meeting  certain  regulatory  requirements
intended to foster opportunities for local telephone competition.  Certain RBOCs
have requested  regulatory  approval to provide  inter-LATA data services within
their regions.  The RBOCs already have extensive  fiber optic cable,  switching,
and other network  facilities in their  respective  regions that can be used for
long  distance  services  after  a  waiting  period.  In  addition,   other  new
competitors may build  additional  fiber capacity in the geographic areas served
and to be  served  by the  Company.  See "Risk  Factors  --Competition;  Pricing
Pressures."

         Furthermore, although the Company believes its strategy will provide it
with a cost advantage, there can be no assurance that technological developments
will not result in  competitors  achieving  even  greater  cost  efficiency  and
therefore  a  competitive  advantage.   See  "Risk  Factors  --  Risk  of  Rapid
Technological Changes."

         A continuing trend toward business combinations and strategic alliances
in the  telecommunications  industry  may  create  stronger  competitors  to the
Company,  as the resulting  firms and  alliances are likely to have  significant
technological, marketing and financing resources greater than those available to
the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Competition; Pricing Pressures."

EMPLOYEES

         As of December 31, 1998,  the Company had 144  employees,  none of whom
was represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  The
Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good. In connection
with the  construction  and  maintenance  of its  network and the conduct of its
other  operations,  the  Company  uses third  party  contractors,  some of whose
employees  may be  represented  by unions or  covered by  collective  bargaining
agreements.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         As part of its  network,  the  Company  holds  leasehold  interests  or
licenses in the land,  towers,  shelters  and other  facilities  located at each
Incumbent's  sites  at  which  the  Company  has  an  agreement  and  will  have
indefeasible  rights to use,  leasehold and other real estate interests pursuant
to its agreements with independent  tower companies owners of rights-of-way  and
other owners of telecommunications assets. The Company expects to lease, license
and  obtain  additional  real  estate  rights  to  additional   facilities  from
Incumbents,  owners  of  rights-of-way  and other  owners of  telecommunications
assets in connection with the planned expansion of its digital network.

         The Company leases its corporate headquarters space in Washington, D.C.
from 6715 Kenilworth Avenue General Partnership,  a general partnership of which
David Schaeffer,  a director of the Company, is General Partner (the "Kenilworth
Partnership"),  pursuant  to a  Lease  Agreement  between  the  Company  and the
Kenilworth  Partnership,  dated as of August 9, 1997 (the "Headquarters Lease").
The  Headquarters  Lease  expires on August  31,  1999 and can be renewed at the
option of the Company for two additional  one-year periods on the same terms and
conditions. See "Certain Relationships and Related  Transactions--Lease from the
Kenilworth  Partnership."  The Company also leases  office space in  Richardson,
Texas; Lewiston, Texas; and Independence,  Kansas pursuant to leases that expire
in 2003, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

         The Company believes that all of its properties are well maintained.


                                       8
<PAGE>


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         Other than licensing and other regulatory  proceedings  described under
"Risk  Factors--Regulation,"  the Company is not  currently a party to any legal
proceedings,  which, individually or in the aggregate, the Company believes will
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition,  results of
operations and cash flows.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         During the fourth  quarter of the fiscal  year  covered by this  Annual
Report on Form 10-K, the Company held a special  meeting of the  Stockholders on
October 20, 1998.  At such  meeting,  the  following  matters  were  approved by
holders of the  Company's  common  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock"),  Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible  Preferred
Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively the "Stockholders")
voting together as a single class, by the votes indicated below:

(i)      Approval of several  agreements and  arrangements  made in the ordinary
         course of the Company's  business:  For 17,115,081  Against: 0 Abstain:
         1,651,992.

(ii)     Approval of the hiring certain new employees: For 17,115,081 Against: 0
         Abstain: 1,651,992.

         On  December  2,  1998,  the  Company  held a  special  meeting  of the
Stockholders  where the  following  matters were  approved by the  Stockholders,
voting together as a single class, by the votes indicated below:

(i)      Approval of a loan agreement with KN Energy:  For 14,671,900,  Against:
         0, Abstain: 4,095,173.

(ii)     Approval  of a three-way  transaction  with KN Energy,  American  Tower
         Corporation  and the Company.  For  14,671,900,  Against:  0,  Abstain:
         4,095,173.

(iii)    Approval of a Tower Lease Agreement with Titan Towers.  For 11,771,900,
         Against: 2,900,000, Abstain: 4,095,173.

(iv)     Approval of a fleet leasing  arrangement  for automobile  rentals.  For
         14,671,900, Against: 0, Abstain: 4,095,173.

(v)      Approval of the grant of stock  option  awards to certain  employees of
         the Company. For 14,399,344, Against: 0, Abstain: 4,367,729.

(vi)     Approval  of  certain  amendments  to  the  Company's   Certificate  of
         Incorporation  and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation.  For
         11,499,344, Against:2,900,000, Abstain: 4,367,729. See Exhibits 3.1 and
         3.2 attached to this Report.

         On December 7, 1998, the Company  solicited  written  consents from the
holders  of its  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  Series B  Convertible
Preferred  Stock and Series C Convertible  Preferred 


                                       9
<PAGE>



Stock  (collectively,  the  "Preferred  Stockholders")  to (i)  approve  certain
authorized  signatories  for the transfer and withdrawal of the Company's  funds
and (ii) to approve  the  payment of an invoice  for legal  services.  Effective
December 7, 1998, the Company received written consents approving such proposals
from  Preferred  Stockholders   representing  10,720,610  votes  with  Preferred
Stockholders representing 5,144,105 votes abstaining.

         On December 18, 1998, the Company  solicited  written consents from the
Preferred  Stockholders to approve the supply agreement  between the Company and
Lucent and  related  Commitment  Letter by and  between  the  Company and Lucent
signed on December 14, 1998 (the "Commitment Letter") setting forth the proposed
terms of equipment  financing  by Lucent.  See  "Business  --  Equipment  Supply
Agreements."  Effective December 18, 1998, the Company received written consents
approving such proposals from  Preferred  Stockholders  representing  13,309,853
votes with Preferred Stockholders representing 2,554,862 votes abstaining.



                                       10
<PAGE>


PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The Company has authorized  60,000,000 shares of Common Stock for which
there is no established  public trading market. As of March 12, 1999, there were
3 record holders of the Company's  Common Stock. As of December 31, 1998,  stock
option awards to purchase 2,885,883 shares of Common Stock were outstanding.

         Pathnet has not paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock in the past
and does not  anticipate  paying any cash  dividends  on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable  future.  Further,  the terms of the  Indenture  by and  between the
Company and The Bank of New York, dated April 8, 1998 (the "Indenture") relating
to the  Company's  12 1/4%  Senior  Notes due 2008  restrict  the ability of the
Company to pay  dividends on the Common  Stock,  as  described  in  Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations,  as
well as in Note 11 to the  Company's  Financial  Statements  included in Item 14
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following  consolidated  balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997
and 1998 and statement of operations  data for the twelve months ended  December
31, 1996,  1997 and 1998 and the period  August 25, 1995 (date of  inception) to
December 31, 1998, have been derived from the Company's financial statements and
the notes thereto,  included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which
have been audited by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, independent  accountants,  as
stated in their report included herein. Such summary statement of operations and
balance  sheet data should be read in  conjunction  with such audited  financial
statements  and the notes thereto and  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations."  The  following  consolidated
balance sheet data as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and statements of operations
data for the period  August 25, 1995 (date of  inception)  to December  31, 1998
have been derived from the Company's audited financial  statements which are not
included  in this  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K,  which  have been  audited  by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.


                                       11
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Period from                                             Period from
                                             August 25, 1995                                          August 25, 1995
                                                 (date of                                                 (date of
                                               inception) to                                            inception) to
                                               December 31,              Year Ended December 31,        December 31,
                                                  1995             1996          1997         1998           1998  
                                               -----------   ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>    
Statement of Operation Data:
Revenue ....................................   $      --     $      1,000  $    162,500  $  1,583,539  $  1,747,039
Operating expenses:
  Cost of revenue ..........................          --             --           --        7,547,620     7,547,620
  Selling, general and administrative ......       429,087      1,333,294     4,247,101     9,615,867    15,625,349
  Depreciation expense .....................           352          9,024        46,642       732,813       788,831
                                               -----------   ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Total operating expenses ...................       429,439      1,342,318     4,293,743    17,896,300    23,961,800
Net operating loss .........................      (429,439)    (1,341,318)   (4,131,243)  (16,312,761)  (22,214,761
                                                                    
Interest expense (a) .......................          --         (415,357)        --      (32,572,454)  (32,987,811
                                                                 
Interest income ............................         2,613         13,040       159,343    13,940,240    14,115,236
Write off of initial public offering costs .          --             --           --       (1,354,534)   (1,354,534)
                                                                           
Other income (expense), net ................          --             --          (5,500)        2,913        (2,587)
                                               -----------   ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------ 
Net loss ...................................   $  (426,826)  $  1,743,635) $ (3,977,400) $(36,296,596) $(42,444,457)
                                               ===========   ============  ============  ============  ============
           
Basic and diluted loss per common share ....   $     (0.15)  $      (0.60) $      (1.37) $     (12.51) $     (14.63)
                                               ===========   ============  ============  ============  ============
Weighted average number of common
   shares outstanding ......................     2,900,000      2,900,000     2,900,000     2,902,029     2,900,605
                                               ===========   ============  ============  ============  ============
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable
   securities (excluding marketable
   securities pledged as collateral) .......   $    82,973    $ 2,318,037  $  7,831,384  $227,117,417
Property and equipment, net ................         8,551         46,180     7,207,094    47,971,336
Total assets ...............................        91,524      2,365,912    16,097,688   365,414,129
Total liabilities ..........................        17,350        145,016     5,892,918   366,492,370
Convertible preferred stock ................       500,000      4,008,367    15,969,641    35,969,639
Stockholders' equity (deficit) .............   $  (425,826)  $ (1,787,471) $ (5,764,871)  (37,047,880)

- --------------------------   
</TABLE>

(a)      The 1996 expense relates to the beneficial conversion feature of a loan
         at December 31, 1996.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

          The Company is a leading  carrier's  carrier  providing  high-quality,
low-cost,  digital  telecommunications  capacity to under-served and second- and
third-tier U.S. markets.

         The Company's business commenced on August 25, 1995 and has been funded
primarily through equity investments by the Company's stockholders and a private
placement  (the "Debt  Offering") in April 1998 of 350,000 units (the  "Units"),
consisting  of 12 1/4% Senior Notes (the  "Restricted  Notes") and warrants (the
"Warrants") to purchase  shares of Common Stock. On October 2, 1998, the Company
completed an exchange (the "Exchange Offer") of all outstanding Restricted Notes
for  $350,000,000  aggregate  principal  amount of 12 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008
which have been  registered  under the


                                       12
<PAGE>


Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Registered  Notes").  The  Restricted
Notes  and the  Registered  Notes  are  collectively  referred  to herein as the
"Senior Notes."

         Due to Pathnet's focus to date on developing its network,  the majority
of its revenues reflect certain  consulting and project  management  services in
connection with the design,  development and  construction of digital  microwave
infrastructure. The remaining portion of its revenues has resulted from the sale
of bandwidth  services  along its network.  The Company has also been engaged in
the  acquisition of  telecommunications  network  equipment,  the development of
operating  systems,  the design and construction of the NOC, capital raising and
the hiring of management  and other key personnel.  The Company has  experienced
significant  operating and net losses and negative  operating  cash flow to date
and expects to  continue to  experience  operating  and net losses and  negative
operating cash flow until such time as it is able to generate revenue sufficient
to cover its  operating  expenses.  See "Risk  Factors -  Substantial  Leverage;
Ability to Service Debt; Restrictive Covenants."

NETWORK-RELATED COSTS

         The limited  incremental cost of operating and maintaining the wireless
portion of Pathnet's network, as well as the financial support of Incumbents who
will be responsible for a significant  portion of such operating and maintenance
costs,  are  expected to enable the  Company to enjoy  operating  leverage  with
respect to the wireless  portion of Pathnet's  network.  The Company  expects to
maintain  similar  operating  leverage  with respect to the fiber portion of its
network through the use of co-development and partnering arrangements,  however,
there  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will be able to  achieve  these
operating  efficiencies  through the use of these  arrangements.  The  Company's
primary  network  operating  costs are expected to be the costs of  maintenance,
provisioning  of new  circuits,  interconnection  and  operation of the NOC. See
"Risk Factors - Risks of Completing the Company's  Network;  Market  Acceptance;
Risks  Related to Expansion in Strategy;  Need to Obtain and Maintain  Rights of
Way; Risks Relating to Interconnection."

COST OF OPERATIONS

         Pathnet  will incur costs common to all  telecommunications  providers,
including customer service and technical support,  information systems,  billing
and collections, general management and overhead expenses. As a facilities-based
carrier's  carrier,  the Company will differ from  non-facilities-based  Telecom
Service Providers in the scope and complexity of systems supporting its business
and network.  The Company  anticipates  that the vast  majority of its customers
will be Telecom Service  Providers  purchasing  wholesale private line transport
capacity across multiple portions of the Company's network. As such, the Company
believes  that it will be able to  maintain a  relatively  low ratio of overhead
expenses to revenues compared to other Telecom Service Providers.

         Sales and  Marketing  Costs.  To attract and retain  customers  for the
Company's  digital  network,  the Company has built a sales team that includes a
direct  national  accounts sales force, a regional sales force and a sales force
dedicated  to  alternate  channels.  In  addition,  the Company is  assembling a
centralized  marketing  organization  to focus on  product  development,  market
analysis  and pricing  strategies,  as well as customer  communications,  public
relations, and branding.

         Administration  Costs. The Company's general and  administrative  costs
will include expenses  typical of other  telecommunications  service  providers,
including infrastructure costs, customer care,   


                                       13
<PAGE>

billing, corporate administration, and human resources. The Company expects that
these costs will grow significantly as it expands operations.  See "Risk Factors
- - Significant Capital Requirements; Uncertainty of Additional Financing."

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

         Depreciation of the completed communications network commences when the
network  equipment  is ready  for its  intended  use and is  computed  using the
straight-line  method with  estimated  useful  lives of network  assets  ranging
between three to ten years.  Depreciation  of the office and computer  equipment
and furniture and fixtures is computed using the straight-line method, generally
over three to five years, based upon estimated useful lives, commencing when the
assets are available for service.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
lesser of the useful  lives of the assets or the lease  term.  Expenditures  for
maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

         The Company's  principal  capital  requirements  for  deployment of its
wireless network include the costs of tower enhancement,  site preparation work,
base digital wireless equipment and incremental digital wireless equipment.  The
Company's goal is to leverage the assets of Incumbents to (i) reduce the capital
costs associated with developing long haul, digital network capacity as compared
to so-called  "green  field"  network  expansion  and (ii) improve the Company's
speed to market due to the elimination of site preparation activities, including
local permitting,  power connection,  securing road access and rights-of-way and
tower construction.  The actual allocation of costs between the Company and each
Incumbent  has varied  with each of the  Company's  agreements  with  Incumbents
executed to date and is expected to vary, perhaps  significantly,  in the future
on a case-by-case basis.

         The primary capital costs of deploying the Company's fiber network will
include the costs of fiber,  rights-of-way,  installation and construction  work
and  optronics  equipment  used in  regeneration  facilities  and to "light" the
fiber.  The portion of these  capital costs that will be borne by the Company or
that will be defrayed  by  consummating  dark fiber  sales of any fiber  network
segment will be determined on a case-by-case  basis as the Company evaluates and
enters  into  co-development  and other  partnering  arrangements  to deploy its
nationwide digital network.

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT, CAPITAL EXPENDITURES AND ACQUISITIONS

         From inception  through  December 31, 1998,  expenditures for property,
plant and equipment,  including construction in progress, totaled $48.8 million.
In addition,  the Company incurred  significant  other costs and expenses in the
development  of its business and has recorded  cumulative  losses from inception
through December 31, 1998 of $42.4 million. See "Risk  Factors--Limited  History
of Operations; Operating Losses and Negative Cash Flow."

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The  Company  expects to  continue  to  generate  cash  primarily  from
external financing and, as its network matures, from operating  activities.  The
Company's  primary  uses of cash will be to fund capital  expenditures,  working
capital  and  operations.  Deployment  of  the  Company's  digital  network  and
expansion of the  Company's  operations  and services  will require  significant
capital expenditures.  Capital 

                                       14
<PAGE>


expenditures  will be used primarily for continued  development and construction
of its network,  implementing  the Company's  sales and  marketing  strategy and
constructing and improving the Company's NOC.

         During the period  from  August  1995  through  June 1997,  the Company
raised an aggregate of $6 million  through the issuance and sale of its Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in a series
of private  placements.  See "Certain  Relationships and Related  Transactions -
Series A Purchase  Transactions" and -- "Series B Purchase Agreement" and Note 9
to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements that appear elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

         On October 31,  1997,  the Company  consummated  a private  offering of
939,850 shares of Series C Convertible  Preferred  Stock for  approximately  $10
million,  less  issuance  costs  of  $38,780.  On  April 8,  1998,  the  Company
consummated  an  additional  private  offering of  1,879,699  shares of Series C
Convertible  Preferred  Stock for an aggregate  purchase price of  approximately
$20.0  million,  bringing the total  investment by the Company's  private equity
investors to $36.0 million.

         On April 8, 1998, the Company completed the Debt Offering  resulting in
net proceeds to the Company of approximately $339.5 million, after reduction for
offering costs of approximately  $10.5 million. In addition to the Senior Notes,
as part of the Debt  Offering,  the  Company  issued  Warrants  to  purchase  an
aggregate of 1,116,500  shares of Common Stock.  The Company used  approximately
$81.1  million of the net proceeds of the Debt  Offering to purchase  securities
(the  "Pledged  Securities")  in an amount  sufficient to provide for payment in
full of the interest due on the Senior Notes through April 15, 2000. The Pledged
Securities have been pledged as security for repayment of the Senior Notes.  The
Company  made its first  interest  payment  of  approximately  $22.3  million on
October 15, 1998. The Indenture relating to the Senior Notes contains provisions
restricting,  among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the
payment of dividends and the making of restricted  payments,  the sale of assets
and the creation of liens.

         On  September 2, 1998,  the Company  commenced  the  Exchange  Offer to
exchange all outstanding Restricted Notes for Registered Notes. The terms of the
Registered  Notes are  identical  in all  material  respects to the terms of the
Restricted  Notes,  except that the Registered  Notes have been registered under
the  Securities  Act of 1933 and are generally  freely  transferable  by holders
thereof  and  are  issued  without  any  covenant  upon  the  Company  regarding
registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933.  The Exchange Offer expired on
October  2,  1998  and all  outstanding  Restricted  Notes  were  exchanged  for
Registered Notes.

         The net proceeds from the issuance of the Units (after  purchasing  the
Pledged  Securities)  and the  issuance  and sale of the  Series  C  Convertible
Preferred  Stock are being used for capital  expenditures,  working  capital and
general corporate purposes, including the funding of operating losses.

         On May 8, 1998,  the Company filed a registration  statement  under the
Securities Act of 1933 with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  relating to
a proposed  initial public offering of the Company's  Common Stock (the "Initial
Public  Offering").  On August 13,  1998,  the Company  announced  that it would
postpone  the Initial  Public  Offering  due to general  weakness in the capital
markets.  The timing  and size of any  future  initial  public  offering  of the
Company's  Common Stock are dependent on market  conditions  and there can be no
assurance that the Initial Public Offering will be completed.



                                       15
<PAGE>

         As of  December  31,  1998,  the Company  had  capital  commitments  of
approximately  $28  million  relating  to  telecommunications  and  transmission
equipment.  It is anticipated that these will be met with the current  resources
of the Company.

         As of December 31,  1998,  the Company had  approximately  $227 million
available  for the  funding of future  operations.  The  Company  expects  these
resources are sufficient to fund the  implementation  of the Company's  business
plan into 2000.  After such time,  the  Company is  expected  to be  required to
procure  additional  financing  which may include  commercial  bank  borrowings,
additional  vendor  financing  or  the  sale  or  issuance  of  equity  or  debt
securities.  There can be no assurance the Company will be successful in raising
sufficient  capital or in obtaining  such  financing on terms  acceptable to the
Company.  See "Risk Factors - Significant Capital  Requirements;  Uncertainty of
Additional Financing."

         Pursuant  to the  Commitment  Letter  in  connection  with  the  supply
agreement between Lucent and the Company,  Lucent may provide financing of up to
approximately  $400  million for fiber  purchases  for the  construction  of the
Company's network and may provide or arrange financing for future phases of such
network. Under the terms of the Commitment Letter, the total amount of financing
provided by Lucent will not exceed $1.8  billion of the $2.1  billion  potential
value  of  the  supply  agreement.  Certain  material  terms  of  the  Company's
agreements  with  Lucent,  including  the terms of the  Commitment  Letter,  are
currently under review by Lucent and the Company. There can be no assurance that
the  transactions,  including the financing  contemplated by Commitment  Letter,
will be consummated or consummated on the terms  described  above.  In addition,
the  Company  may  require  additional  capital in the future to fund  operating
deficits and net losses and for potential  strategic  alliances,  joint ventures
and  acquisitions.   See  "Risk  Factors   Significant   Capital   Requirements;
Uncertainty of Additional Financing."

         Because the Company's cost of rolling out its network and operating its
business,  as  well  as its  revenues,  will  depend  on a  variety  of  factors
(including,  among other things, the ability of the Company to meet its roll-out
schedules,  its ability to negotiate  favorable  prices for purchases of network
equipment,  the number of customers and the services they  purchase,  regulatory
changes and changes in  technology),  actual costs and  revenues  will vary from
expected amounts,  possibly to a material degree, and such variations are likely
to affect the Company's future capital requirements.  Accordingly,  there can be
no assurance that the Company's actual capital  requirements will not exceed the
anticipated amounts described above.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 WITH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

         During the twelve months ended December 31, 1998, the Company continued
to develop  relationships with Incumbents,  buildout its network and develop its
infrastructure,  including  hiring key  management  personnel.  The Company also
began  marketing and sales efforts,  and hired Mr. Bennis to develop and execute
its sales efforts and marketing plan.

         REVENUE

         Substantially all of the Company's revenues for the year ended December
31, 1998  consisted of fees  received in connection  with  services  provided to
Incumbents,  including analysis of existing  facilities and system  performance,
advisory  services  relating to PCS  relocation  matters,  and  turnkey  network


                                       16
<PAGE>

construction  management services.  The Company expects substantially all future
revenue to be generated from the sale of  telecommunications  services.  For the
year ended  December 31, 1998 the Company  generated  revenues of  approximately
$1.6 million,  approximately  $1.4 million (89.6%) of which were attributable to
fees  received in  connection  with the continued  performance  of  construction
management  services  primarily from one customer,  and  approximately  $165,000
(10.4%) were attributable to the sale of  telecommunications  capacity.  For the
year ended December 31, 1997, the Company  generated  revenues of  approximately
$162,500 derived from construction management and advisory services.

         OPERATING EXPENSES

         For the year ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company  incurred
operating   expenses  of   approximately   $17.9   million  and  $4.3   million,
respectively. The increase is primarily as a result of the increased activity in
the buildout of the Company's  network and  additional  staff costs  incurred as
part the  development  of the  Company's  infrastructure.  The  Company  expects
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  to  continue  to  increase  as
additional  staff is added in all functional  areas,  particularly  in sales and
marketing.  Cost of revenue reflects direct costs associated with performance of
construction,  management  services and costs  incurred in  connection  with the
provision of telecommunications  services. Cost of revenue reflects direct costs
associated  with  performance  of  construction  management  services  and costs
incurred for  telecommunications  services such as network  operations,  network
interconnections and provisioning of capacity for customers. These costs include
salaries  and other  employee  expenses of the new  employees  hired  during the
second  quarter to staff the NOC, costs for leased  telecommunications  capacity
used to monitor  the  network,  maintenance  fees paid to  Incumbents  and other
overhead expenses.

         INTEREST EXPENSE

         Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 was approximately
$32.6 million.  Interest  expense  primarily  represents  interest on the Senior
Notes  issued in April  1998  together  with  financing  costs  associated  with
obtaining debt financing  arrangements and the  amortization  expense related to
bond issuance costs in respect of the Senior Notes. The Company did not incur an
interest expense during 1997.

         INTEREST INCOME

         Interest  income  for the year  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997 was
approximately $13.9 million and $159,300,  respectively. This increase primarily
represents  interest  earned on the proceeds of the Senior Notes issued in April
1998.

         INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING COSTS

         During the third quarter of 1998, the Company recorded a one-time write
off of  costs of  approximately  $1.3  million,  associated  with the  postponed
Initial Public  Offering of the Company's  Common Stock.  These costs  consisted
primarily of legal and  accounting  fees,  printing  costs,  and  Securities and
Exchange Commission and Nasdaq Stock Market fees.


                                       17
<PAGE>

COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 WITH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

         During  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  initiated
construction on the first segment of its network, and additional engineering and
management  personnel  were  recruited,  including  Mr.  Jalkut.  The  Company's
principal  activity  through the third quarter of 1996 involved the introduction
of its business  plan to  Incumbents.  As the Company began to enter into formal
relationships  with  Incumbents  in 1996,  additional  engineering,  legal,  and
financial  personnel  were  recruited to support the  increased  workflow and to
negotiate Incumbent contracts.

         REVENUE

         In establishing  relationships with Incumbents,  the Company acted as a
provider of services for  transitioning  the  Incumbents  from their old network
systems onto the Company's network. These services included analysis of existing
facilities and system performance,  advisory services relating to PCS relocation
matters,  and turnkey  network  construction  management.  Revenues for the year
ended  December  31,  1997  consisted  of  $100,000  derived  from  construction
management  services  and  $62,500  from PCS  relocation  advisory  services  as
compared with revenues for the year ended December 31, 1996 of $1,000  generated
from PCS relocation advisory services.

         OPERATING EXPENSES

         For the year ended  December 31, 1997, the Company  incurred  operating
expenses of approximately  $4.3 million  compared to operating  expenses of $1.3
million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase was directly related
to an increase in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as the Company
expanded its engineering,  technical,  legal,  finance,  and general  management
personnel in connection with the continued  signing of new Incumbent  agreements
and the ongoing construction of the Company's network.

YEAR 2000

         The Year 2000 issue exists  because many computer  systems and software
applications  use two digits  rather than four digits to designate an applicable
year. As a result,  the systems and applications may not properly  recognize the
Year 2000,  or process data that includes  that date,  potentially  causing data
miscalculations or inaccuracies or operational malfunctions or failures.

         In the  fourth  quarter of 1998,  the  Company  began a  corporate-wide
program to ready its technology systems and non-technology  systems and software
applications  for the Year 2000. The Company's  objective is to target Year 2000
compliance for all of its systems,  including  network and customer  interfacing
systems.  Due to the development stage status of the Company, few legacy systems
or applications  exist.  However,  the Company is identifying all of its systems
and  applications  that  may need to be  modified  or  reprogrammed  in order to
achieve Year 2000 compliance.

         As part of its Year 2000 plan, the Company is seeking confirmation from
its communications equipment vendors and other suppliers, financial institutions
and customers  that their systems will be Year 2000  compliant.  There can be no
assurance  that the systems of companies  with which the Company  does  business
will be Year 2000  compliant.  If the vendors  important  to the Company fail to
provide  needed  products  and  services,  the  Company's  network  buildout and
operations  could be affected and thereby have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. Moreover, to
the extent  that  significant  customers  are not Year 2000  compliant  and that


                                       18
<PAGE>

affects their network needs,  the Company's  sales could be lower than otherwise
anticipated.

         The Company does not believe its  expenditures  to  implement  its Year
2000 strategy will be material. Because its existing systems are relatively new,
it does not  expect  that it will have to  replace  any of its  systems.  To the
extent it would have to replace a significant portion of its technology systems,
its expenditures could have material adverse effect on the Company.  The Company
has hired an outside consultant to assist it with its Year 2000 compliance,  but
the  Company  has relied  primarily  on its  existing  employees  to develop and
implement its Year 2000 compliance  strategy.  As a result,  its expenditures to
ensure Year 2000  compliance have not been material to date. The Company expects
to continue to use existing  employees for the significant part of its Year 2000
compliance efforts in the future.

         The Company does not  currently  have a  contingency  plan in the event
that it or its suppliers or customers are not Year 2000 compliant.  However, the
Company  expects to develop a contingency  plan to deal with potential Year 2000
related business interruptions.

RISK FACTORS

         LIMITED HISTORY OF OPERATIONS; OPERATING LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH FLOW

         The  Company  was  formed in August  1995 to begin  development  of its
digital   network.   As  of  December  31,  1998,   the  Company  had  completed
approximately  2,000 route miles of network,  an additional  approximately 5,000
route miles of network are under  construction  and  approximately  10,000 route
miles of network are under contract. In addition, the Company was only providing
commercial telecommunications service to three customers with several additional
customers awaiting installation. There can be no assurance that the Company will
enter  into  any  additional  contracts  with  Incumbents  or  other  owners  of
telecommunications assets to obtain rights-of-way or rights to sites, towers and
other assets for the  construction  of additional  network or with customers for
the purchase and sale of bandwidth services or dark or dim fiber. As a result of
development  and  operating  expenses,  the  Company  has  incurred  significant
operating  and net losses to date.  The  Company's  operations  have resulted in
cumulative net losses of $42.4 million and cumulative net losses before interest
income  (expense) and income tax benefit of $23.6 million from inception in 1995
through December 31, 1998.

         The Company expects to incur significant  operating losses, to generate
negative cash flows from operating activities and to invest substantial funds to
construct its digital  network  during the next several  years.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company  will achieve or sustain  profitability  or generate
sufficient  positive  cash flow to meet its debt  service  obligations,  capital
expenditure requirements or working capital requirements.

         SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT; RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

         The Company is highly  leveraged.  As of December 31, 1998, the Company
had $346.2 million of  indebtedness  outstanding.  The Company will likely incur
substantial  additional  indebtedness  (including secured  indebtedness) for the
development  of its network and other  capital and operating  requirements.  The
level of the  Company's  indebtedness  could  adversely  affect the Company in a
number of ways. For example,  (i) the ability of the Company to obtain necessary
financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures,  debt service
requirements  or other  purposes  may be limited;  (ii) the  Company's  level of
indebtedness  could  limit its  flexibility  in planning  for,  or reacting  to,
changes



                                       19
<PAGE>

in its business;  (iii) the Company will be more highly  leveraged  than some of
its  competitors,  which may place it at a  competitive  disadvantage;  (iv) the
Company's  degree of  indebtedness  may make it more vulnerable to a downturn in
its business or the economy generally;  (v) the terms of the existing and future
indebtedness restrict, or may restrict, the payment of dividends by the Company;
and (vi) a substantial  portion of the Company's cash flow from  operations must
be dedicated to the payment of principal  and interest on its  indebtedness  and
will not be available for other purposes.

         The Indenture relating to the Senior Notes and certain of the Company's
agreements with Incumbents contain, or will contain, restrictions on the Company
and its subsidiaries that will affect, and in certain cases  significantly limit
or prohibit, among other things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries
to  create  liens,  make  investments,  pay  dividends  and make  certain  other
restricted  payments,  issue stock of  subsidiaries,  consolidate,  merge,  sell
assets and incur  additional  indebtedness.  There can be no assurance that such
covenants and restrictions  will not adversely  affect the Company's  ability to
finance its future  operations or capital  needs or to engage in other  business
activities that may be in the interest of the Company.

         In  addition,  any future  indebtedness  incurred by the Company or its
subsidiaries is likely to impose similar restrictions. Failure by the Company or
its subsidiaries to comply with these restrictions could lead to a default under
the  terms  of  the   Senior   Notes  or  the   Company's   other   indebtedness
notwithstanding the ability of the Company to meet its debt service obligations.
In the event of such a default,  the holders of such indebtedness could elect to
declare all such indebtedness due and payable,  together with accrued and unpaid
interest. In such event, a significant portion of the Company's indebtedness may
become  immediately  due and  payable,  and there can be no  assurance  that the
Company  would be able to make such  payments  or borrow  sufficient  funds from
alternative  sources to make any such  payments.  Even if  additional  financing
could be  obtained,  there can be no  assurance  that it would be on terms  that
would be acceptable to the Company.

         The  successful  implementation  of the Company's  strategy,  including
expanding its digital network and obtaining and retaining a sufficient number of
customers,  and significant and sustained growth in the Company's cash flow will
be necessary for the Company to meet its debt service requirements.  The Company
does not currently,  and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to, generate sufficient cash flows to meet its debt service obligations.  If the
Company is unable to generate  sufficient  cash flows or otherwise  obtain funds
necessary to make required payments, or if the Company otherwise fails to comply
with  the  various   covenants  under  the  terms  of  its  existing  or  future
indebtedness,  it could trigger a default under the terms  thereof,  which would
permit the  holders of such  indebtedness  to  accelerate  the  maturity of such
indebtedness  and could cause defaults under other  indebtedness of the Company.
The ability of the Company to meet its  obligations  will be dependent  upon the
future performance of the Company,  which will be subject to prevailing economic
conditions and to financial, business, regulatory and other factors.

         SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS; UNCERTAINTY OF ADDITIONAL FINANCING

         Deployment  of the  Company's  network and  expansion of the  Company's
operations and services will require significant capital expenditures, primarily
for continued  development and construction of its network and implementation of
the  Company's  sales and  marketing  strategy.  The  Company  will need to seek
additional  financing to fund capital expenditures and working capital to expand
its  network  further.  The  Company  may also  require  additional  capital for
activities complementary to its currently 


                                       20
<PAGE>

planned businesses.

         The actual amount of the Company's  future  capital  requirements  will
depend upon many factors,  including the costs of network  deployment in each of
its markets,  the speed of the development of the Company's network,  the extent
of competition and pricing of telecommunications  services in its markets, other
strategic  opportunities  pursued  by the  Company  and  the  acceptance  of the
Company's  services.  Accordingly,  there can be no  assurance  that the  actual
amount of the Company's financing needs will not exceed,  perhaps significantly,
the current estimates.

         There  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be  successful  in
raising  additional capital or on terms that it will consider  acceptable,  that
the terms of such  indebtedness  or other  capital will not impair the Company's
ability to develop its business or that all available capital will be sufficient
to service its indebtedness. Sources of additional capital may include equipment
financing  facilities and public and private equity and debt financing.  Failure
to raise  sufficient  funds may require the Company to modify,  delay or abandon
some of its  planned  future  expansion  or  expenditures,  which  could  have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.

         RISKS OF COMPLETING THE COMPANY'S NETWORK; MARKET ACCEPTANCE

         The Company's  ability to achieve its strategic  objectives will depend
in large part upon the successful,  timely and cost-effective  completion of its
network,  as well as on selling a substantial amount of its products,  including
bandwidth  services.  The successful  completion of the Company's network may be
affected by a variety of factors, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which
are beyond the Company's control. The Company has gained experience in budgeting
and  scheduling  as it has completed  segments of its network,  and although the
Company believes that its cost estimates and buildout  schedules relating to the
currently  planned  portions of its network are reasonable,  only  approximately
2,000 route miles under  contract  have been  completed as of December 31, 1998.
There can be no  assurance  that the  Company's  network  will be  completed  as
planned at the cost and within the time frame currently estimated, if at all. In
addition,   although   the   Company   recently   began   providing   commercial
telecommunications  service to three customers with several additional customers
awaiting installation,  there can be no assurances that the Company will attract
additional purchasers of its products, including bandwidth services.

         The successful and timely  construction  of the Company's  network will
depend upon, among other things, the Company's ability to (i) obtain substantial
amounts  of  additional   capital  and  financing  at  reasonable  cost  and  on
satisfactory  terms and conditions,  (ii) manage effectively and efficiently the
construction  of its network,  (iii) enter into  agreements  with Incumbents and
other  owners of  telecommunications  assets  that will  enable  the  Company to
leverage  the assets of  Incumbents  and of other  owners of  telecommunications
assets,  (iv) access markets and enter into customer contracts to sell bandwidth
services and other  products on its network,  (v)  integrate  successfully  such
networks and associated  rights  acquired in connection  with the development of
the Company's network,  including cost-effective  interconnections,  (vi) obtain
necessary Federal Communication  Commission ("FCC") licenses and other approvals
and (vii) obtain adequate  rights-of-way  and other property rights necessary to
install and operate the fiber  portions  of the  Company's  network.  Successful
construction  of  the  Company's  network  also  will  depend  upon  the  timely
performance  by third party  contractors of their  obligations.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company  will  achieve any or all of these  objectives.  Any
failure  by the  Company  to  accomplish  these  objectives  may have a material
adverse  affect on the 


                                       21
<PAGE>

Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         The  development  of the  Company's  network and the  expansion  of the
Company's  business  may  involve   acquisitions  of  other   telecommunications
businesses and assets or implementation of other technologies  either in lieu of
or as a supplement to the  technologies  contemplated  by the Company's  current
business  plan.  In  addition,  the  Company may enter into  relationships  with
Telecom  Service  Providers or other  entities to manage  existing  assets or to
deploy alternative telecommunications technologies. Furthermore, the Company may
seek to serve markets which are not  under-served  or second- or third-tier  and
which  may  present   differing  market  risks  (including  as  to  pricing  and
competition).   If  pursued,   these   opportunities  could  require  additional
financing,  impose additional risks (such as increased or different competition,
additional  regulatory  burdens  and  network  economics  different  from  those
described  elsewhere  herein) and could divert the resources and management time
of the Company. There can be no assurance that any such opportunity, if pursued,
could be successfully  integrated into the Company's operations or that any such
opportunity  would perform as expected.  Furthermore,  as the Company builds out
its  network,  there  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will  enter  into
agreements   with  the   best-suited   Incumbents   or  such  other   owners  of
telecommunications  assets,  as the  case  may  be.  Moreover,  there  can be no
assurance  that the resulting  network will match or be responsive to the demand
for  telecommunications  capacity or will  maximize the  possible  revenue to be
earned by the  Company.  There can be no  assurance  the Company will be able to
develop  and expand its  business  and enter new markets as  currently  planned.
Failure  of  the  Company  to  implement  its  expansion  and  growth   strategy
successfully  could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

         RISKS RELATED TO EXPANSION IN STRATEGY.

         On February 3, 1999, the Company announced it had expanded its business
strategy to include  construction  and deployment of digital networks using both
wireless and fiber optic  technologies.  The Company has limited  experience  in
designing and budgeting,  deploying,  operating and maintaining a fiber network.
In addition, the Company could encounter customers with preferences in employing
one  technology  over  another.  There  can be no  assurance  the  Company  will
effectively  design and budget,  deploy,  operate or maintain such facilities or
that it will be able to address such potential  customer  preferences.  Further,
there can be no assurance  that the fiber  network  deployed by the Company will
provide the expected functionality.

         To the extent that the  Company  enters  into  co-development  or other
partnering  arrangements where the Company's partner has primary  responsibility
for key network development matters such as perfecting  rights-of-way or project
management, there can be no assurance that such partners will perform such tasks
adequately or that any failures in such  performance  will not adversely  effect
the Company's financial condition, business or results of operations.

         DEPENDENCE ON  RELATIONSHIP WITH  INCUMBENTS;  RIGHTS OF INCUMBENTS TO
CERTAIN ASSETS

         There can be no assurance that existing  long-term  relationships  with
the  Company's  Incumbents  will  be  maintained  or that  additional  long-term
relationships will result on terms acceptable to the Company,  or at all. If the
Company is not successful in negotiating such agreements,  its ability to deploy
its network would be adversely affected.

                                       22
<PAGE>

         The Company does not typically  expect to own the underlying  sites and
facilities upon which the wireless portion of its network is deployed.  Instead,
the Company has entered into and expects to enter into  long-term  relationships
with  Incumbents  whereby each such  Incumbent  agrees to grant to the Company a
leasehold interest in or a similar right to use such Incumbent's  facilities and
infrastructure  as is required  for the Company to deploy its  network.  In some
cases,  system assets may be held by  subsidiaries in which both the Company and
the  Incumbent  own an  interest.  As a result,  the Company  will depend on the
facilities  and  infrastructure  of its  Incumbents  for  the  operation  of its
business. Long-term relationships with Incumbents may expire or terminate if the
Company does not satisfy  certain  performance  targets with respect to sales of
telecommunications  capacity or fails to  commission  an initial  communications
system within specified time periods. In such cases,  certain equipment relating
to the initial  communications system will be transferred to the Incumbent.  Any
such expiration of a relationship  with an Incumbent,  and the resulting loss of
use of the  corresponding  system and opportunity to utilize such segment of its
network,  could  result in the  Company  not being  able to recoup  its  initial
capital  expenditure  with  respect  to such  segment  and could have a material
adverse  effect on the business  and  financial  condition  of the  Company.  In
addition,  such a loss under certain  circumstances  could result in an event of
default under the Company's debt financings.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will continue to have access to such  Incumbent's  sites and  facilities
after the expiration of such agreements or in the event that an Incumbent elects
to  terminate  its  agreement  with  the  Company.  If  such an  agreement  were
terminated  or expire  and the  Company  were  forced  to  remove  or  abandon a
significant portion of its network, such termination or expiration,  as the case
may  be,  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  business,  financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.

         The Company  expects to rely  significantly  on its  Incumbents for the
maintenance and provisioning of circuits on the wireless portion of its network.
The Company has entered into  maintenance  agreements  with six  Incumbents  and
expects to enter into agreements with additional  Incumbents  pursuant to which,
among other things, the Company will pay the Incumbent a monthly maintenance fee
and a  provisioning  services  fee in  exchange  for  such  Incumbent  providing
maintenance and provisioning  services for that portion of the Company's network
that primarily resides along such Incumbent's system.  Failure by the Company to
enter  successfully  into  similar  agreements  with  other  Incumbents  or  the
cancellation  or  non-renewal  of any of such existing  agreements  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business.  To the extent the Company is
unable  to  establish  similar  arrangements  in  new  markets  with  additional
Incumbents or establish replacement  arrangements on systems where a maintenance
agreement  with a particular  Incumbent is canceled or not renewed,  the Company
may be required to maintain  its network and  provision  circuits on its network
through  establishment of its own maintenance and  provisioning  workforce or by
outsourcing  maintenance  and  provisioning  to a  third  party.  The  Company's
operating costs under these conditions may increase.

         NEED TO OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN RIGHTS-OF-WAY.

         The Company expects to obtain easements, rights-of-way,  franchises and
licenses  from  various  private  parties,  ILECs,  utilities,  railroads,  long
distance  companies,  state highway  authorities,  local governments and transit
authorities in order to construct and maintain its fiber optic  network.  If the
Company were to acquire right-of-way directly from a governmental  authority, it
would be  directly  affected  by state and local  law.  To the  extent  that the
Company obtains  rights-of-way  from others, it would be indirectly  affected by
state and local law.  There is a  possibility  that  disputes may arise with


                                       23
<PAGE>

the  licensing  authority  or a  competitor,  the  result  of which  may favor a
competitor of the Company.  Such disputes could impose legal and  administrative
costs  on  the  Company,   including  out-of-pocket  expenses  and  lost  market
opportunity because of delays.  Further, the Company may be subject to franchise
fees  imposed by state and local  governments.  In  addition,  the  Company  may
require pole attachment  agreements with utilities and ILECs to operate existing
and future networks,  and there can be no assurance that such agreements will be
obtained on reasonable terms.

         There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain and
maintain  the  additional  rights and  permits  needed to build its fiber  optic
network and  otherwise  implement its business  plan on  acceptable  terms.  The
failure to enter  into and  maintain  required  arrangements  for the  Company's
network  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,
financial  condition and results of operations.  There can be no assurance that,
once   obtained,   the  Company  will   continue  to  have  access  to  existing
rights-of-way  and  franchises  after the  expiration of such  agreements.  If a
franchise,  license or lease  agreement  were  terminated  and the Company  were
forced  to  remove  or  abandon  a  significant  portion  of its  network,  such
termination could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH AND RISKS  ASSOCIATED WITH POSSIBLE  ACQUISITIONS,
STRATEGIC ALLIANCES AND JOINT VENTURES.

         The Company's expanded business plan may, if successfully  implemented,
result in rapid  expansion of its  operations.  Rapid expansion of the Company's
operations may place a significant strain on the Company's management, financial
and other resources.  The Company's  ability to manage future growth,  should it
occur,  will  depend  upon its  ability to monitor  operations,  control  costs,
maintain regulatory  compliance,  maintain effective quality controls and expand
significantly  the Company's  internal  management,  technical,  information and
accounting  systems and to attract and retain  additional  qualified  personnel.
Furthermore,  as the Company's  business develops and expands,  the Company will
need additional facilities for its growing workforce.  There can be no assurance
that the Company will  successfully  implement and maintain such operational and
financial  systems or successfully  obtain,  integrate and utilize the employees
and  management,  operational  and  financial  resources  necessary  to manage a
developing and expanding  business in an evolving and  increasingly  competitive
industry  which is subject to  regulatory  change.  Any failure to expand  these
areas and to implement and improve such systems,  procedures  and controls in an
efficient manner at a pace consistent with the growth of the Company's  business
could have a material  adverse effect on the business,  financial  condition and
results of operations of the Company.

         The Company believes that a part of its future growth may come from the
formation  of  strategic  alliances  with  other  telecommunications   companies
designed to assist and accelerate the building of the Company's  digital network
to provide services to customers of the Company which are complementary to those
provided by the Company.  The Company  intends to pursue joint ventures with, or
acquisitions  of,  companies  that have an existing  network  infrastructure  or
customer base in order to increase the Company's  penetration  of its markets or
accelerate  entry  into  new  markets.   Limitations  under  the  Indenture  may
significantly  limit the  Company's  ability to make  acquisitions  and to incur
indebtedness in connection with acquisitions. Such transactions commonly involve
certain  risks,  including,  among others:  the difficulty of  assimilating  the
acquired  operations  and personnel;  the potential  disruption of the Company's
ongoing  business and diversion of resources and  management  time; the possible
inability of management to maintain uniform standards,  controls, procedures and
policies;  the risks of  entering

                                       24
<PAGE>

markets in which the Company has little or no direct prior  experience;  and the
potential impairment of relationships with employees or customers as a result of
changes in management.  There can be no assurance that any  acquisition or joint
venture  will be  made,  that  the  Company  will be able to  obtain  additional
financing  needed to finance such  acquisitions  and joint  ventures and, if any
acquisitions  are so  made,  that the  acquired  business  will be  successfully
integrated  into the  Company's  operations  or that the acquired  business will
perform as expected. The Company has no definitive agreement with respect to any
acquisition,  although  it has had  discussions  with other  companies  and will
continue to assess opportunities on an ongoing basis.

         DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL

         The success of the Company will depend to a significant extent upon the
abilities and continued efforts of its senior management,  particularly  members
of its senior management team, including Richard A. Jalkut,  President and Chief
Executive  Officer,  Kevin  J.  Bennis,  Executive  Vice  President  serving  as
President of the Company's Communications Services Division, William R. Smedberg
V, Executive Vice President,  Corporate Development, and Michael L. Brooks, Vice
President  of Network  Development.  Other than its  Employment  Agreement  with
Richard A. Jalkut, the Company does not have any employment agreements with, nor
does the Company maintain "key man" insurance on, these  employees.  The loss of
the services of any such individuals could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations.  The success
of the  Company  will  also  depend,  in part,  upon the  Company's  ability  to
identify,  hire and retain  additional key management  personnel,  including the
senior  management,  who are also being sought by other businesses.  Competition
for  qualified  personnel  in the  telecommunications  industry is intense.  The
inability  to  identify,  hire and retain such  personnel  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

         COMPETITION; PRICING PRESSURES

         The telecommunications  industry is highly competitive.  In particular,
price competition in the carrier's carrier market has generally been intense and
is  expected  to  increase.  The Company  competes  and expects to compete  with
numerous  competitors  who have  substantially  greater  financial and technical
resources,  long-standing  relationships  with their  customers and potential to
subsidize  competitive  services from less competitive service revenues and from
federal  universal  service  subsidies.  Such  competitors  may be  operators of
existing or newly deployed wireline or wireless telecommunications networks. The
Company  will  also  face  intense  competition  due to an  increased  supply of
telecommunications  capacity, the effects of deregulation and the development of
new  technologies,  including  technologies  that will  increase the capacity of
existing networks. See "Business - Competition."

         RELIANCE  ON  EQUIPMENT  SUPPLIERS  FOR  THE  WIRELESS  PORTION  OF THE
COMPANY'S NETWORK

         The  Company  currently   purchases  most  of  its   telecommunications
equipment  pursuant to an agreement with NEC from whom the Company has agreed to
purchase  $200 million of equipment by December 31, 2002 and has entered into an
equipment  purchase  agreement  with Andrew.  Any reduction or  interruption  in
supply from either  supplier or any increase in prices for such equipment  could
have a disruptive effect on the Company. Currently NEC and Northern Telecom Ltd.
are the  only 

                                       25
<PAGE>

manufacturers  of SONET radios that are compatible  with the Company's  proposed
system design and reliability  standards relating to the wireless portion of its
network,  although Harris  Corporation and Alcatel  Alsthom  Compagnie  Generale
d'Electricite  SA are in the  process of  developing  and  testing  similar  and
compatible products. Further, the Company does not manufacture, nor does it have
the capability to manufacture,  any of the telecommunications  equipment used on
its  network.  As a result,  the  failure of the  Company to procure  sufficient
equipment at reasonable prices and in a timely manner could adversely affect the
Company's successful deployment of its network and results of operations.

         RELIANCE ON LUCENT; LUCENT AGREEMENTS.

         The Company and Lucent have entered into a supply agreement under which
Lucent will provide and will deploy  personnel to assist in, among other things,
the design and marketing of the Company's  network.  Any failure or inability by
Lucent to perform  these  functions  could cause delays or  additional  costs in
providing  services to  customers  and  building  out the  Company's  network in
specific  markets.  Any such failure could  materially and adversely  affect the
Company's financial condition, business and results of operations.

         The Company and Lucent have entered into the Commitment Letter which is
contingent  upon various  conditions,  including  the  execution of a definitive
financing  agreement,  compliance  with financial  covenants,  completion of due
diligence and the absence of any material  adverse change in the Company.  There
can be no assurance that a definitive agreement will be executed with respect to
the  financing  contemplated  by the  Commitment  Letter  or that the  financing
contemplated  by the  Commitment  Letter  will be  consummated.  Any  failure to
consummate the financing  contemplated by the Commitment Letter could materially
and adversely effect the Company's financial condition,  business and results of
operations.

         TECHNICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE WIRELESS NETWORK

         The Company will not be able to offer route  diversity  until such time
as it has completed a substantial  portion of its mature  network.  In addition,
the wireless  portion of the Company's  network  requires a direct line of sight
between two antennae  (each such interval  comprising a "path") which is subject
to distance limitations, freespace fade, multipath fade and rain attenuation. In
order to meet industry standards for reliability, the maximum length of a single
path similar to those being  designed by the Company is generally  limited to 40
miles and, as a result, intermediate sites in the form of back-to-back terminals
or repeaters are required to permit digital  wireless  transmission  beyond this
limit based on the  climate  and  topographic  conditions  of each path.  In the
absence  of a  direct  line  of  sight,  additional  sites  may be  required  to
circumvent  obstacles,  such as tall  buildings  in urban areas or  mountains in
rural areas.  Topographic conditions of a path and climate can cause reflections
of signals from the ground, which can affect the transmission quality of digital
wireless  services.  In addition,  in areas of heavy rainfall,  the intensity of
rainfall and the size of the  raindrops can affect the  transmission  quality of
digital  wireless  services.  Paths in these  areas are  engineered  for shorter
distances to maintain  transmission  quality and use space diversity,  frequency
diversity,  adaptive  power  control and forward  error  correction  to minimize
transmission  errors.  The use of additional sites and shorter paths to overcome
obstructions,  multipath  fade or rain  attenuation  will increase the Company's
capital costs.  While these increased costs may not be significant in all cases,
such  costs  may  render  digital  wireless  services  uneconomical  in  certain
circumstances.

                                       26
<PAGE>

         Due to line of sight  limitations,  the Company currently  installs its
antennae on towers, the rooftops of buildings or other tall structures.  Line of
sight  and  distance  limitations  generally  do not  present  problems  because
Incumbents  have  already  selected,   developed  and  constructed  unobstructed
transmission sites. In certain instances,  however,  the additional  frequencies
required  for the excess  capacity  to be  installed  by the  Company may not be
available from  Incumbents'  existing  sites.  In these  instances,  the Company
generally  expects to use other  developed sites already owned or leased by such
Incumbent. In some instances,  however, the Company has encountered,  and may in
the future encounter, line of sight, frequency blockage and distance limitations
that cannot be solved economically.  While the effect on the financial condition
and  results of  operations  of the Company  resulting  from such cases has been
minimal to date,  there can be no assurance  that such  limitations  will not be
encountered more frequently as the Company expands its network. Such limitations
may have a material adverse effect on the Company's future development costs and
results of operations. In addition, the current lack of compression applications
for wireless technology limits the Company's ability to increase capacity on the
wireless  portion of its network without  significant  capital  expenditures for
additional equipment.

         RISKS RELATING TO INTERCONNECTION

         In order to obtain the necessary access to install its radios, antennae
and other equipment required for interconnection of the Company's network to the
public switched  telephone  network or to POPs of the Company's  customers,  the
Company must acquire the  necessary  rights and enter into the  arrangements  to
secure  such  interconnections  and  deploy  and  operate  such  interconnection
equipment.  There can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in obtaining
the  rights  necessary  to  secure  such  interconnections  and  to  deploy  its
interconnection equipment in its market areas on acceptable terms, if at all, or
that  delays in or terms for  obtaining  such  rights  will not have a  material
adverse effect on the Company's development or results of operations.

         DEPENDENCE ON INFORMATION AND PROCESSING SYSTEMS

         Sophisticated  information  and  processing  systems  are  vital to the
Company's  growth  and its  ability to monitor  network  performance,  provision
customer  orders for  telecommunications  capacity,  bill customers  accurately,
provide high-quality customer service and achieve operating efficiencies. As the
Company  grows,  any  inability  to operate  its  billing  and  information  and
processing  systems, or to upgrade internal systems and procedures as necessary,
could  have a  material  adverse  impact on the  Company's  ability to reach its
objectives, or on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

         RISK OF RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES

         The  telecommunications  industry  is subject to rapid and  significant
changes in  technology.  Although the Company has expanded its business  plan to
include fiber optic technologies,  which may diversify the Company's exposure to
the risk of such  technological  changes,  their  effect on the  business of the
Company  cannot be predicted.  There can be no assurance  that (i) the Company's
network  will not be  economically  or  technically  outmoded by  technology  or
services now  existing or  developed  and  implemented  in the future,  (ii) the
Company will have sufficient resources to develop or acquire new technologies or
to introduce  new  services  capable of competing  with future  technologies  or
service  offerings or (iii) the cost of the  equipment  used on its network will
decline as rapidly as that of competitive alternatives. The occurrence of any of
the foregoing events may have a material adverse


                                       27
<PAGE>

effect on the operations of the Company.

         REGULATION

         RISKS  RELATING  TO  REGULATION  OF  WIRELESS  NETWORK.  The  Company's
arrangements  with  Incumbents  contemplate  that the  wireless  portion  of the
Company's   digital   network  will  provide   largely   "common  carrier  fixed
point-to-point  microwave"  telecommunications  services  under  Part 101 ("Part
101") of the rules of the FCC,  which  services  are  subject to  regulation  by
federal,  state and local  governmental  agencies.  Changes in existing federal,
state or local laws and  regulations,  including those relating to the provision
of Part 101  telecommunications  services,  any failure or significant  delay in
obtaining  (or  complying  with the terms of)  necessary  licenses,  permits  or
renewals,  or any expansion of the Company's  business that subjects the Company
to additional  regulatory  requirements  could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition, and results of operations.

         FCC   LICENSE   REQUIREMENTS.   Prior  to   applying  to  the  FCC  for
authorization to use portions of the 6 GHz band, the Company must coordinate its
use of the frequency with any existing licensees,  permittees, and applicants in
the same area whose  facilities  could be subject to interference as a result of
the  Company's  proposed use of the  spectrum.  There can be no assurance in any
particular  case that the Company will not encounter other entities and proposed
uses of the desired  spectrum that would  interfere  with the Company's  planned
use, and that the Company  will be able to  coordinate  successfully  such usage
with such entities. In addition, as part of the requirements of obtaining a Part
101  license,  the FCC  requires  the Company to  demonstrate  the site  owner's
compliance with the reporting,  notification  and technical  requirements of the
Federal  Aviation  Administration  ("FAA")  with  respect  to the  construction,
installation,   location,  lighting  and  painting  of  transmitter  towers  and
antennae,  such as  those  to be used by the  Company  in the  operation  of its
network. Furthermore, in order to obtain the Part 101 licenses necessary for the
operation of its network, the Company,  and in some cases Incumbents,  must file
applications  with the FCC for such  licenses and  demonstrate  compliance  with
routine  technical and legal  qualification  to be an FCC licensee.  The Company
must also obtain FCC  authorization  before  transferring  control of any of its
licenses or making certain modifications to a licensed facility. There can be no
assurance  that the Company or any Incumbent who desires to be the licensee with
respect to its portion of the Company's  network will obtain all of the licenses
or approvals necessary for the operation of the Company's business, the transfer
of any license,  or the  modification of any facility,  or that the FCC will not
impose burdensome conditions or limitations on any such license or approval.

         RISKS  RELATING  TO  REGULATION  OF  FIBER  NETWORK.  Pursuant  to  the
interconnection  provisions  of the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996 (the  "1996
Telecom Act"),  the FCC identified a minimum list of unbundled  network elements
that ILECs must make  available to other  telecommunications  carriers.  The FCC
declined to include  incumbent  ILECs' dark fiber in this list,  finding that it
did not have adequate information to determine whether dark fiber qualifies as a
network  element.  The FCC indicated  that is would continue to review or revise
its rules regarding unbundled network elements as necessary.  State commissions,
however, have the authority to impose additional unbundling requirements so long
as the  requirements  are  consistent  with the 1996  Telecom  Act and the FCC's
requirements,  which could include  requiring  incumbent ILECs to unbundle their
dark fiber.

         In  the   recent   Supreme   Court   decision   regarding   the   FCC's
interconnection  and unbundling  rules,


                                       28
<PAGE>

the Supreme  Court  vacated the FCC's rule  establishing  the list of  unbundled
network  elements.  The Supreme Court found that the FCC had not interpreted the
terms of the 1996  Telecom Act  regarding  an  incumbent  ILEC's duty to provide
network elements in a reasonable  fashion.  The Supreme Court found that the FCC
had  given  telecommunications  carriers  blanket  access to  unbundled  network
elements. The statute,  however, limits  telecommunications  carriers' access to
network elements to those that are "necessary" or to those where failure to have
access would "impair the ability of the  telecommunications  carrier" to provide
services it seeks to offer. The FCC plans to commence a rulemaking proceeding to
adopt new  requirements  regarding  unbundled  network  elements  that  properly
consider the "necessary and impair" standard in the 1996 Telecom Act.

         A decision  by the FCC or states to  require  unbundling  of  incumbent
ILECs' dark fiber could  increase the supply of dark fiber and  decrease  demand
for the Company's dark fiber, and thereby have an adverse effect on the Company'
business, financial condition and results of operations.

         GENERAL

         PROVISION  OF COMMON  AND  PRIVATE  CARRIER  SERVICES.  The  Company is
currently  offering,  and  expects to offer in the  future,  its  services  on a
private carrier basis.  The Company's  private carrier  services are essentially
unregulated,  while any common carrier  offerings would be subject to additional
regulations and reporting  requirements including payment of additional fees and
compliance  with  additional  rules  and  regulations  including  that  any such
services must be offered pursuant to filed tariffs and non-discriminatory terms,
rates and  practices.  There can be no assurance that the FCC will not find that
some or all of the private carrier  services  offered by the Company are in fact
common carrier  services,  and thus subject to such  additional  regulations and
reporting  requirements  including  the  non-discrimination  and  tariff  filing
requirements  imposed  on common  carriers,  in which  case the  Company  may be
required to pay additional fees or adjust,  modify or cease provision of certain
of its services in order to comply with any such regulations, including offering
such  services on the same terms and  conditions  to all of those  seeking  such
services, and pursuant to rates made public in tariff filings at the FCC.

         FOREIGN OWNERSHIP.  As the licensee of facilities designated for common
carriage,  the Company is subject to Section 310(b)(4) of the Communications Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Communications Act"), which by its terms restricts the
holding company of an FCC common carrier licensee (the Company is such a holding
company,  because  it  expects  to hold  all FCC  licenses  indirectly,  through
subsidiaries) to a maximum of 25% foreign  ownership and/or voting control.  The
FCC has determined  that it will  authorize a higher level of foreign  ownership
(up to 100%) on a streamlined basis where the indirect foreign investment in the
common carrier licensee is by citizens of, or companies organized under the laws
of  World  Trade  Organization  ("WTO")  member  countries.  Where  the  foreign
ownership is by citizens or corporations of non-WTO nations,  FCC  authorization
to exceed the 25% limitation must be obtained on a non-streamlined basis and the
licensee must meet a more  demanding  public  interest  showing.  The Company is
presently within the 25% foreign  ownership  limitation.  In connection with any
future financings, the Company will have to monitor foreign investment to ensure
that its foreign  ownership does not exceed the 25%  limitation.  If it appeared
that  foreign  ownership  of the  Company  was coming  close to  exceeding  this
benchmark, the Company would have to obtain FCC authorization prior to exceeding
the 25% limitation.  In addition,  if any Incumbent elects to be the licensee on
the portion of the  Company's  network  relating to its system,  such  Incumbent
would also be subject to such


                                       29
<PAGE>

foreign ownership restrictions.  If such analysis showed that such Incumbent had
more than 25% foreign ownership, the Incumbents would have to seek authorization
from the FCC to exceed the 25% limitation or it would have to reduce its foreign
ownership.

         In the event that an Incumbent were to choose to hold the relevant Part
101 license itself,  and not through a holding company,  that Incumbent would be
subject to Section  310(b)(3) of the  Communications  Act,  which limits  direct
foreign  ownership of FCC licenses to 20%. The FCC does not have  discretion  to
waive this limitation.  If an Incumbent  exceeded the 20% limitation it would be
required to reduce its foreign  ownership  in order to obtain or retain its Part
101 license.

         STATE AND LOCAL  REGULATION.  Although  the Company  expects to provide
most of its  services  on an  interstate  basis,  in those  instances  where the
Company provides service on an intrastate  basis, the Company may be required to
obtain a certification  to operate from state utility  commissions in certain of
the states where such intrastate  services are provided,  and may be required to
file tariffs covering such intrastate services. In addition,  the Company may be
required to obtain  authorizations  from or notify  such states with  respect to
certain transfers or issuances of capital stock of the Company. The Company does
not expect any such state or local requirements to be burdensome; however, there
can be no assurance that the Company will obtain all of the necessary  state and
local  approvals  and consents or that the failure to obtain such  approvals and
consents  will not have a material  adverse  affect on the  Company's  business,
financial  condition  and results of  operations.  In addition,  there can be no
assurance  that state or local  authorities  will not impose  burdensome  taxes,
requirements or conditions on the Incumbent or the Company.

         INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT CONSIDERATIONS

         The Company has  substantial  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term
investments.  The Company has invested and intends to invest the proceeds of its
financing  activities  so as to  preserve  capital  by  investing  primarily  in
short-term instruments consistent with prudent cash management and not primarily
for the  purpose of  achieving  investment  returns.  Investment  in  securities
primarily  for the purpose of achieving  investment  returns could result in the
Company being treated as an "investment  company"  under the Investment  Company
Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act").  The 1940 Act requires  the  registration  of, and
imposes various substantive  restrictions on, investment  companies that are, or
hold themselves out as being, engaged primarily,  or propose to engage primarily
in, the business of investing,  reinvesting  or trading in  securities,  or that
fail certain  statistical  tests regarding the composition of assets and sources
of income and are not  primarily  engaged in  businesses  other than  investing,
reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.

         The Company  believes that it is primarily  engaged in a business other
than  investing,   reinvesting,  owning,  holding  or  trading  securities  and,
therefore,  is not an investment  company within the meaning of the 1940 Act. If
the Company were  required to register as an  investment  company under the 1940
Act, it would  become  subject to  substantial  regulation  with  respect to its
capital structure, management, operations,  transactions with affiliated persons
(as defined in the 1940 Act) and other matters. Application of the provisions of
the  1940  Act to the  Company  would  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

                                       30
<PAGE>

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

         Not applicable

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The Company's  financial  statements and supplementary  data,  together
with the report of the independent accountants,  are included or incorporated by
reference  elsewhere  herein.  Reference  is made  to the  "Index  to  Financial
Statements" following the signature pages hereto.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON ACCOUNTING  AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.


                                       31
<PAGE>

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Executive Officers

         The table below sets forth certain information concerning the directors
and executive  officers of the Company.  Directors of the Company are elected at
the annual meeting of stockholders.  Executive officers of the Company generally
are appointed at the Board of Directors' first meeting after each annual meeting
of stockholders.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME                                         AGE           POSITION(S) WITH COMPANY
<S>                                            <C>         <C>    
Richard A. Jalkut (1) ......................   54          President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kevin J. Bennis ............................   45          Executive Vice President, and President,
                                                             Communications Services Division
William R. Smedberg, V......................   37          Executive Vice  President,  Corporate  Development, 
                                                             Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
Michael A. Lubin ...........................   49          Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Michael L. Brooks ..........................   55          Vice President, Network Development
David Schaeffer (1).........................   42          Director
Peter J. Barris (2) ........................   47          Director
Kevin J. Maroni (2)(3) .....................   36          Director
Patrick J. Kerins (3) ......................   43          Director
Richard K. Prins (2)(3) ....................   41          Director
Stephen A. Reinstadtler ....................   32          Director
- ------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Member of Contract Committee.

(2) Member of Compensation Committee.

(3) Member of Audit Committee.

         Set forth below is the  background of each of the  Company's  executive
officers and directors.

         RICHARD A. JALKUT has served as President,  Chief Executive Officer and
director of the  Company  since  August  1997.  Mr.  Jalkut has over 30 years of
telecommunications  experience. From 1995 to August 1997, he served as President
and Group Executive of NYNEX Telecommunications  Group, where he was responsible
for all activities of the NYNEX  Telecommunications  Group, an organization with
over 60,000  employees.  Prior to that, Mr. Jalkut served as President and Chief
Executive  Officer of New York  Telephone Co. Inc., the  predecessor  company to
NYNEX  Telecommunications  Group,  from 1991 until 1995.  Mr.  Jalkut  currently
serves  as a  member  of the  Board of  Directors  of  Marine  Midland  Bank,  a
commercial bank, Ikon Office Solutions, Inc., a company engaged in wholesale and
retail  office  equipment,  and  Home  Wireless  Networks,  a  start-up  company
developing a wireless product for home and business premises.

         KEVIN J.  BENNIS has served as  Executive  Vice  President,  serving as
President of the Company's Communications Services Division since February 1998.
From 1996  until he joined  the  


                                       32
<PAGE>

Company,  Mr.  Bennis  served as  President of Frontier  Communications,  a long
distance  communications  company,  where  he was  responsible  for  the  sales,
marketing and customer service activities of 3,500 employees. Prior to that, Mr.
Bennis served in various  positions for 21 years at MCI,  including as President
of MCI's Integrated Client Services Division from 1995 to 1996, as President and
Chief Operating Officer of Avantel Telecommunications,  MCI's joint venture with
Banamex in Mexico,  from 1994 to 1995, and as Senior Vice President of Marketing
from 1992 to 1994.

         WILLIAM R. SMEDBERG,  V joined the Company initially as a consultant in
1996, served as Vice President,  Finance and Corporate  Development from January
1997 to February  1999 and assumed the  position of  Executive  Vice  President,
Corporate  Development in March 1999. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Smedberg
served  in  various  financial  and  planning   positions  at  the  James  River
Corporation of Virginia, Inc. ("James River") for nine years. In particular,  he
served as Director,  Strategic Planning and Corporate  Development for Jamont, a
European  consumer  products joint venture among Nokia Oy, Montedison S.p.A. and
James River, from 1991 to 1996, where he was responsible for Jamont's  corporate
finance,  strategic  planning  and  corporate  development.  Prior to that,  Mr.
Smedberg  worked in the defense  industry as a consultant  and engineer for TRW,
Inc.

         MICHAEL A.  LUBIN has served as Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and
Secretary of the Company  since its  inception in August 1995.  Prior to joining
the Company,  Mr. Lubin was an  attorney-at-law at Michael A. Lubin, P.C., a law
firm,  which he founded in 1985. Mr. Lubin has experience in  telecommunications
matters,  copyright and intellectual property matters,  corporate and commercial
law,  construction  claims  adjudication and trial work.  Earlier he served as a
Federal  prosecutor  with the Fraud Section,  Criminal  Division,  United States
Department of Justice.

         MICHAEL L. BROOKS has served as Vice President,  Network Development of
the Company since June 1996.  Mr.  Brooks has extensive  experience in voice and
data  communications.  From 1992  through May 1996,  Mr.  Brooks  served as Vice
President,  Engineering  for Ikelyn,  Inc.  Ikelyn  provided  system  design and
technical support for  telecommunication  systems and support  facilities.  From
1982  to  1992,  Mr.  Brooks  worked  for  Qwest  Microwave  Communications,   a
predecessor of Qwest, where he directed the initial construction of a 3,500-mile
digital network.

         DAVID  SCHAEFFER  founded  the  Company  in August  1995 and has been a
director of the Company since its inception. Mr. Schaeffer served as Chairman of
the Board and  Treasurer of the Company from August 1997 to February  1999,  and
served as President,  Chief Executive  Officer and Treasurer of the Company from
August 1995 until August 1997. From 1986 to the present,  Mr. Schaeffer has also
served as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Empire  Leasing,  Inc., a
specialized  mobile radio  licensee and  operator.  In addition,  Mr.  Schaeffer
founded and, since 1992, has served as President and Chief Executive  Officer of
Mercury  Message  Paging,  Inc., a paging  company  which  operates  networks in
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Philadelphia.

         PETER J. BARRIS has been a director of the Company  since  August 1995.
Since 1992, Mr. Barris has been a partner, and, in 1994, was appointed a General
Partner  of New  Enterprise  Associates,  a firm that  manages  venture  capital
investments.  Mr.  Barris is also a member of the Board of  Directors  of Mobius
Management Systems,  Inc. and pcOrder.com,  Inc. each of which are quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market.

         KEVIN J. MARONI has been a director of the Company  since  August 1995.
Since 1994,  Mr. Maroni has been a principal,  and, in 1995,  was appointed as a
General Partner of Spectrum Equity


                                       33
<PAGE>

Investors,  L.P.,  which manages  private equity funds focused on growth capital
for  telecommunications  companies.  From 1992 to 1994,  he  served as  Manager,
Finance and Development at Time Warner Telecommunications, where he was involved
in corporate development projects.  Mr. Maroni served as a consultant at Harvard
Management  Company  from 1990 to 1992,  where he worked in the  private  equity
group. Mr. Maroni is also currently on the board of directors of several private
companies and CTC Communications  Corp., an integrated  communications  provider
that is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market.

         PATRICK J. KERINS has been a director  of the Company  since July 1997.
Mr. Kerins has served as Managing  Director of Grotech  Capital Group,  which is
engaged in venture  capital and other private  equity  investments,  since March
1997. From 1987 to March 1997, he worked in the investment  banking  division of
Alex.  Brown  & Sons,  Incorporated,  including  serving  as  Managing  Director
beginning in January 1994. Mr. Kerins is also a member of the Board of Directors
of CDnow,  Inc.,  an online  retailer of compact  discs and other  music-related
products, which is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market.

         RICHARD K. PRINS has been a director of the Company  since 1995.  Since
1996,  Mr.  Prins has served as Senior  Vice  President  of Ferris  Baker  Watts
Incorporated,  where he heads the technology and  communication  practice in the
investment banking division. From 1988 to 1996, he was Senior Vice President and
Managing  Director  in the  investment  banking  division  of Crestar  Financial
Corporation.  Mr. Prins is currently a director of Startec Global Communications
Corporation,  a  communications  company  that is quoted on the Nasdaq  National
Market.

         STEPHEN  A.  REINSTADTLER  has been a  director  of the  Company  since
October  1997.  Mr.  Reinstadtler  has served as Vice  President and Director at
Toronto  Dominion  Capital  (U.S.A.) Inc., where he has been involved in private
equity and mezzanine  debt  investments,  since August 1995.  From April 1994 to
July  1995,  he served as  Manager at The  Toronto-Dominion  Bank,  where he was
involved in commercial  lending activities to the  telecommunications  industry.
From August 1992 to April 1994,  Mr.  Reinstadtler  also served as  Associate at
Kansallis-Osake-Pankki,  where he was involved in commercial  lending activities
to the telecommunications industry.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

         Mr. Prins, a director of the Company,  was granted  options to purchase
70,131  shares of Common  Stock in 1995.  See  "Security  Ownership  of  Certain
Beneficial  Owners and  Management."  Directors  of the  Company  are  currently
neither compensated nor reimbursed for their out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in
connection  with  attendance  at meetings of, and other  activities  relating to
serving on, the Board of Directors and any committees  thereof.  The Company may
consider  additional  compensation  arrangements  for its directors from time to
time.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

         The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company limits, to the
fullest  extent  permitted by law, the liability of directors to the Company and
its stockholders  for monetary damages for breach of directors'  fiduciary duty.
This  provision  is intended to afford the  Company's  directors  benefit of the
Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"),  which provides that directors of
Delaware  corporations may be relieved of monetary liability for breach of their
fiduciary duty of care, except under

                                       34
<PAGE>

certain  circumstances.  This  limitation  on  liabilities  does not  extend  to
including any breach of a director's  duty of loyalty,  acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve  intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation of
law,  violations of the DGCL regarding the improper  payment of dividends or any
transaction from which the director derived any improper  personal  benefit.  In
addition,  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company  provides that the
Company  will  indemnify  its  directors  and  officers  to the  fullest  extent
authorized or permitted by law.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table sets forth certain information  concerning the cash
and non-cash  compensation  earned by or awarded to the Chief Executive  Officer
and the four other most  highly  compensated  executive  officers of the Company
(the "Named Executive Officers") for services rendered in all capacities in each
of the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Long - Term
                                                                                                  Compensation
                                                                                                   Securities
                                                       Annual Compensation *      Other            Underlying
Name And Principal Position                 Year     Salary        Bonus       Compensation      Options Granted
- ---------------------------                 ----     ------        -----       ------------      ---------------
<S>                                         <C>     <C>          <C>            <C>                   <C>    
Richard A. Jalkut                           1998    $400,000     $   --         $  40,289(1)            --
President and Chief Executive Officer       1997     166,154(2)      --             9,857(3)          858,754

David Schaeffer                             1998     300,000         --              --                 --
Chairman of the Board and Treasurer         1997     216,923(4)      --              --               430,413

Kevin J. Bennis                             1998     246,353(5)      --           185,602(6)          382,500
Executive Vice President and President      1997                     --              --                 --
Communications Services

Michael A. Lubin                            1998     136,840       5,000             --                15,000
Vice President, General Counsel and         1997     136,115         --              --                 --
Secretary

Michael L. Brooks                           1998     102,000      38,780             --                85,732
Vice President, Network Operations          1997     103,077                         --                 --
- -----------------------------------
</TABLE>

*        Except as stated  herein,  none of the above Named  Executive  Officers
         received perquisites or other personal benefits in excess of the lesser
         of $50,000 or 10% of such individual's salary plus annual bonus.
(1)      Consists  of $16,277  for club dues;  $7,756 for  lodging;  $11,685 for
         airfare; and $4,571 for other transportation.
(2)      Mr. Jalkut  commenced  employment  with the Company in August 1997, and
         was compensated at a rate of $400,000 per annum in 1997.
(3)      Reimbursement for travel expenses.
(4)      Mr.  Schaeffer's  salary  increased to $300,000 per annum from $150,000
         per annum in August 1997.
(5)      Mr. Bennis joined the Company in February 1998.
(6)      Consists of $48,093 in residence settlement charges in Georgia; $99,319
         in residence  settlement  charges in Virginia;  $22,780 in other moving
         expenses; and $15,410 in rent.


                                       35
<PAGE>

STOCK OPTION GRANTS AND EXERCISES

         The following  table sets forth the  aggregate  number of stock options
granted to each of the Named  Executive  Officers  during the fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1998. Stock options are exercisable to purchase Common Stock of the
Company.


                        OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Number of       Percent of                               Potential Realizable Value at
                               Securities    Total Options                               Assumed Annual Rate of Stock
                               Underlying      Granted to     Exercise                Price Appreciation for the Option
                                Options       Employees in      Price    Expiration                  Term
                                Granted       Fiscal Year      $/Share      Date        0%             5%          10%
                                -------       -----------      -------      ----        --             --          ---
<S>                             <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>

Richard A. Jalkut ........         --              --         $  --          --       $   --      $    --     $     --

David Schaeffer...........         --              --            --          --           --           --           --

Kevin J. Bennis...........      362,500(3)       32.74%         1.13      3/24/2008    1,475,375   2,660,841   4,479,580
                                 20,000(3)        1.81%         5.20      12/2/2008       --          65,405     165,749

Michael A. Lubin .........       15,000(3)        1.35%         5.20      12/2/2008       --          49,054     124,312

Michael L. Brooks ........       70,732(2)        6.39%         1.13      3/24/2008      287,879     519,191     878,567
                                 15,000(3)        1.35%         5.20      12/2/2008       --          49,054     124,312
- ------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)      The information disclosed assumes, solely for purposes of demonstrating
         potential  realizable value of the stock options,  that the fair market
         value per share of Common  Stock was $5.20 per share  (the fair  market
         value per share of Common  Stock  approved by the Board of Directors in
         connection  with stock  option  awards  granted on December 2, 1998 and
         January 26, 1999,  which awards had an exercise price equal to the fair
         market  value per share on the date of grant) as of  December  31, 1998
         and increases at the rate indicated during the option term. See Note 10
         to the financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.

(2)      The options vest  ratably  over a three year period.  The option may be
         transferred  only by will or by the laws of descent  and  distribution.
         Upon a change of control of the Company and  termination  of optionee's
         employment  without  cause,  the options  that would  otherwise  become
         vested  within one year will be deemed vested  immediately  before such
         optionee's termination.

(3)      The options vest  ratably  over a four year  period.  The option may be
         transferred  only by will or by the laws of descent  and  distribution.
         Upon a change of control of the Company and  termination  of optionee's
         employment  without  cause,  the options  that would  otherwise  become
         vested  within one year will be deemed vested  immediately  before such
         optionee's termination.

Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

         None of the Named Executive  Officers  exercised any options during the
fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1998.  The  following  table sets forth as of
December 31,  1998,  the  aggregate  number of options held by each of the Named
Executive Officers.



                                       36
<PAGE>

                          FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Number of Securities 
                                                       Underlying Unexercised          Value of Unexercised In-the-
                                                    Options at December 31, 1998             Money Options (1)
                                                    ----------------------------            -----------------
Name                                               Exercisable     Unexercisable     Exercisable        Unexercisable
- ----                                               -----------     -------------     -----------        -------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>           <C>                  <C>

Richard A. Jalkut .........................            286,251         572,503       $ 1,165,042          $ 2,330,087
David Schaeffer   .........................                 --         430,413 (2)            --              658,532
Michael A. Lubin...........................            141,465          15,000           731,374                   --
Kevin J. Bennis............................             90,625         291,875           368,844            1,106,531
Michael L. Brooks..........................             35,366          50,366           143,940              143,940
- ------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)     Based on an assumed market price of the Common Stock of $5.20 per share.

(2)     One-half of Mr. Schaeffer's  options, or 215,206,  would vest on January
        1, 1999,  at an  exercise  price of $3.67 per  share,  in the event that
        certain performance criteria related to 1998 earnings have been met. The
        Board of Directors' is currently  reviewing  whether these criteria were
        met. See Note 10 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements that
        appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

JALKUT EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         The  Employment  Agreement  among the Company  and Richard  Jalkut (the
"Jalkut  Employment  Agreement")  took  effect on August 4, 1997 and  expires on
August 4, 2000. The Jalkut  Employment  Agreement will renew  automatically  for
successive  one-year terms unless  terminated by either party.  Under the Jalkut
Employment  Agreement,  Mr.  Jalkut  is  entitled  to an annual  base  salary of
$400,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the Company. In addition, Mr.
Jalkut is entitled to  participate  in the  Company's  benefit plans on the same
basis as other salaried  employees of the Company and on the same basis as other
senior  executives of the Company and is entitled to reimbursement up to a total
of  $50,000  per  year  for  certain  expenses  including  an  apartment  in the
Washington D.C. area, club  memberships and the expenses  incurred by Mr. Jalkut
commuting between his Washington D.C. and New York residences.

         In addition,  pursuant to the Jalkut Employment Agreement, on August 4,
1997 Mr. Jalkut received  nonqualified stock options on 858,754 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise  price of $1.13 per share.  Such  options will vest ratably
over three years.  Under the Jalkut Employment  Agreement,  upon the election of
Mr. Jalkut within 10 business days after the date of termination of Mr. Jalkut's
employment with the Company, the Company will be required to pay, subject to the
terms of the  Indenture,  to Mr. Jalkut the aggregate  Fair Value (as defined in
the  Non-qualified  Option  Agreement by and between the Company and Mr.  Jalkut
dated  August 4, 1997) of the options  then vested or held by Mr.  Jalkut on the
date of such termination of employment with the Company.

         The  Jalkut  Employment   Agreement  (other  than  certain  restrictive
covenants  of Mr.  Jalkut  that are  described  below and an  obligation  of the
company to pay severance for one year following the  termination of Mr. Jalkut's
employment  with the Company) may be  terminated  (i) by the Company (a) without
cause by giving 60 days' prior written notice or (b) for cause upon the Board of
Directors'  confirmation  that Mr.  Jalkut  has failed to cure the  grounds  for
termination  within 30 days of notice thereof and (ii) by Mr. Jalkut (a) without
cause by giving  180 days'  prior  written  notice  and (b)  immediately  upon a
"Constructive  Termination" (as defined below). The Jalkut Employment  Agreement
prohibits  disclosure  by  Mr.  Jalkut  of any  of  the  Company's  confidential
information  at any time.  In


                                       37
<PAGE>

addition,  while he is employed by the Company and for two year thereafter,  Mr.
Jalkut is  prohibited  from  engaging or  significantly  investing  in competing
business  activities  and from  soliciting  any Company  employee to be employed
elsewhere.  The Company has granted Mr. Jalkut  registration rights with respect
to the  shares he will  receive  upon  exercise  of his  options.  "Constructive
Termination"  is  defined  in  the  Jalkut  Employment  Agreement  to  mean  the
occurrence,  without Mr. Jalkut's prior written  consent,  of one or more of the
following  events:  (1) a reduction in Mr.  Jalkut's  then  current  annual base
salary or the  termination  or material  reduction  of any  employee  benefit or
perquisite enjoyed by him (other than as part of an  across-the-board  reduction
applicable to all executive  officers of the Company);  (2) the failure to elect
or reelect Mr. Jalkut to the position of chief  executive  officer or removal of
him from such position;  (3) a material diminution in Mr. Jalkut's duties or the
assignment to Mr. Jalkut of duties which are  materially  inconsistent  with his
duties of which materially  impair Mr. Jalkut's ability to function as the chief
executive  officer of the  Company;  (4) the  failure to continue  Mr.  Jalkut's
participation  in any  incentive  compensation  plan  unless a plan  providing a
substantially similar opportunity is substituted, or under certain other limited
circumstances; or (5) the relocation of the Company's principal office.

OTHER AGREEMENTS

         Messrs. Schaeffer, Lubin, Brooks, Bennis and Smedberg each have entered
into Employee Agreements Regarding Non-Disclosure,  Assignment of Inventions and
Non-Competition  with  the  Company  in which  such  persons  agreed  (i) not to
disclose any of the Company's confidential and proprietary  information to third
parties,  (ii) to assign all work  products  to the Company as "works for hire,"
and (iii) not to compete against the Company for a two-year period following the
termination of the respective person's employment with the Company.

         In  exchange  for  the  non-compete   covenant  and  a  restriction  on
soliciting any employee of the Company to be employed elsewhere, the Company has
agreed to pay Mr. Bennis a severance payment in the aggregate amount of $275,000
paid over one year if his  employment  with the  Company is  terminated  for any
reason.


                                       38
<PAGE>

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The  following   table  sets  forth  certain   information   concerning
beneficial ownership of the capital stock of the Company as of December 31, 1998
by (i) each person known by the Company to be the beneficial  owner of more than
five percent of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, (ii) each director
of the  Company,  (iii)  each of the  Named  Executive  Officers  and  (iv)  all
directors  and  Named  Executive  Officers  of the  Company  as a group.  Unless
otherwise  indicated,  each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              
Name and Address                                    Series A Preferred   Series B Preferred  Series C Preferred   
                                          Common    ------------------   ------------------  ------------------
                                           Stock   Shares(2) Percentage Shares(2) Percentage Shares(2) Percentage 
                                           -----   --------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- ---------- 
<S>                                      <C>       <C>           <C>    <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>

Spectrum Equity Investors, L.P. (6).....    --     1,276,000     44.0%  1,134,175    23.7%   1,363,406    16.7%     
Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P. (6)..    --          --        --         --       --     1,363,406    16.7%    
New Enterprise Associates VI, Limited
Partnership (7).........................    --       522,000     18.0%    685,014    14.3%   1,374,051    16.8%   
Onset Enterprise Associates II, L.P. (8)    --       522,000     18.0%    463,976     9.7%     817,672    10.0%          
Onset Enterprise Associates III, L.P.         
(8).....................................    --          --        --         --       --       272,553     3.3%    
Corman Foundation Incorporated (9)..        --        96,668      3.3%     85,924     1.7%       --         --         
IAI Investment Funds VIII, Inc. (IAI
Value Fund) (10)........................    --       290,000     10.0%    125,143     2.6%       --         --      
Thomas Domencich (11)...................    --       145,000      5.0%     62,573     1.3%       --         --        
FBR Technology Venture Partners L.P.                
(12)....................................    --          --        --         --       --       272,556     3.3% 
Toronto Dominion Capital (USA) Inc. (13)    --          --        --      884,146    18.5%   1,006,500    12.3%         
Grotech Partners IV, L.P. (14)..........    --          --        --      884,146    18.5%   1,006,500    12.3%       
Utech Climate Challenge Fund, L.P. (15)     --          --        --      442,076     9.2%     136,276     1.7%         
Utility Competitive Advantage Fund, LLC
(15)....................................    --          --        --         --       --       366,980     4.5%       
David Schaeffer(16)..................... 2,900,000      --        --         --       --         --         --        
Richard A. Jalkut.......................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --     
Kevin J. Maroni (17)....................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --       
Peter J. Barris (18)....................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --      
Patrick J. Kerins (19)..................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --       
Stephen A. Reinstadtler (20)............    --          --        --         --       --         --         --        
Michael A. Lubin........................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --     
Kevin Bennis............................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --      
Michael L. Brooks.......................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --     
Richard K. Prins........................    --          --        --         --       --         --         --      
All Directors and Named Executive
 Officers as a Group ................... 2,900,000      --        --         --       --         --         --    
- -------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            
                                                                                              
                                                               Beneficial Ownership    
Name and Address                                                of Common Stock (1)        
- ----------------                                                -------------------    Percentage
                                                                 Total  Percentage       on a
                                                  Stock          -----  ----------      Diluted
                                                 Options(3)      Shares      (4)        Basis (5)
                                                 ----------      ------      ---        ---------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>          <C>         <C> 
Spectrum Equity Investors, L.P. (6).....             --         3,773,581    56.5%       19.2%
Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P. (6)..             --         1,363,406    31.7%        6.9%
New Enterprise Associates VI, Limited
Partnership (7).........................             --         2,581,065    47.1%       13.9%
Onset Enterprise Associates II, L.P. (8)             --         1,803,648    38.3%        9.2%
Onset Enterprise Associates III, L.P.                
(8).....................................             --           272,553     8.6%        1.4%
Corman Foundation Incorporated (9)......             --           182,592     5.9%        0.9%
IAI Investment Funds VIII, Inc. (IAI
Value Fund) (10)........................             --           415,143    12.5%        2.1%
Thomas Domencich (11)...................             --           207,573     6.7%        1.0%
FBR Technology Venture Partners L.P.                 --           272,556     8.6%        1.4%
(12)....................................
Toronto Dominion Capital (USA) Inc. (13)             --         1,890,646    39.4%        9.6%
Grotech Partners IV, L.P. (14)..........             --         1,890,646    39.4%        9.6%
Utech Climate Challenge Fund, L.P. (15)              --           578,352    16.6%        2.9%
Utility Competitive Advantage Fund, LLC
(15)....................................             --           366,980    11.2%        1.8%
David Schaeffer(16).....................             --         2,900,000    99.9%       14.7%
Richard A. Jalkut.......................          286,251         286,251     9.0%        1.4%
Kevin J. Maroni (17)....................             --              --       --          --
Peter J. Barris (18)....................             --              --       --          --
Patrick J. Kerins (19)..................             --              --       --          --
Stephen A. Reinstadtler (20)............             --              --       --          --
Michael A. Lubin........................          141,485         141,485     4.6%        0.7%
Kevin Bennis............................             --              --       --          --
Michael L. Brooks.......................           35,366          35,366     1.2%        0.2%
Richard K. Prins........................           70,731          70,731     2.4%        0.4%
All Directors and Named Executive
Officers as a Group ....................          528,853       3,433,933    99.9%       17.4%
- -------------------
</TABLE>


                                       39
<PAGE>


(1)      Consists  of the sum of the shares of Common  Stock owned and shares of
         Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of stock options and upon the
         conversion  of the  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  Series,  B
         Convertible  Preferred  Stock and Series C Convertible  Preferred Stock
         that are  exercisable or convertible  within 60 days after December 31,
         1998.
(2)      The shares represent the product of a stock split and the numbers shown
         here are rounded to the whole number in accordance  with the provisions
         of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and stock option plans.
(3)      Options exercisable within 60 days after December 31, 1998.
(4)      The  percentage  of beneficial  ownership as to each person,  entity or
         group assume the exercise or  conversions of all  outstanding  options,
         warrants and  convertible  securities  held by such  person,  entity or
         group  which  are  exercisable  or  convertible  within  60  days as of
         December  31,  1998,  but not the  exercise or  conversion  of options,
         warrants and convertible  securities held by other holders  (whether or
         not exercisable or convertible within 60 days after December 31, 1998.)
(5)      As a percentage of the sum of the post split and rounded  Common Stock,
         Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock,  Series B Convertible  Preferred
         Stock,  Series C Convertible  Preferred  Stock and options  granted and
         exercisable  within 60 days after December 31, 1998. As of December 31,
         1998, 915,765 options granted by the Company were exercisable.
(6)      The address for Spectrum  Equity  Investors,  L.P. and Spectrum  Equity
         Investors II, L.P. is One International Place, Boston, MA 02110.
(7)      The address of New Enterprise  Associates  VI,  Limited  Partnership is
         1119 Saint Paul Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.
(8)      The  address  for  Onset  Enterprise  Associates  II,  L.P.  and  Onset
         Enterprise  Associates  III,  L.P.  is 8911  Capital of Texas  Highway,
         Austin, TX 78759. 
(9)      The address for Corman Foundation  Incorporation is 100 Brookwood Road,
         Atmore, AL 36502.
(10)     The address for IAI  Investment  Funds VIII,  Inc.  (IAI Value Fund) is
         3700 First Bank Place, Minneapolis, MN 55440.
(11)     The address for Thomas Domencich is 104 Benevolent Street,  Providence,
         RI 02906.
(12)     The  address  for FBR  Technology  Venture  Partners  L.P. is 1001 19th
         Street North, Arlington, VA 22209.
(13)     The  address for Toronto  Dominion  Capital  (USA) Inc. is 31 West 52nd
         Street, New York, NY 10019.
(14)     The address  for  Grotech  Partners  IV,  L.P.  is 9690  Deereco  Road,
         Timonium, MD 21093.
(15)     The  address  for  Utech  Climate  Challenge  Fund,  L.P.  and  Utility
         Competitive Advantage Fund, L.L.C. is c/o Arete Ventures, Two Wisconsin
         Circle, Chevy Chase, MD 20815.
(16)     One-half of Mr. Schaeffer's options, or 215,206,  would vest on January
         1, 1999,  at an  exercise  price of $3.67 per share,  in the event that
         certain  performance  criteria  related to 1998 earnings have been met.
         The Board of Directors' is currently  reviewing  whether these criteria
         were  met.  See  Note  10  to  the  Company's   Consolidated  Financial
         Statements that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In
         the event  that the Board of  Directors  determines  that  these  stock
         options have vested, Mr. Schaeffer's percentage held on a diluted basis
         would be 15.7%.
(17)     Mr. Maroni, who is a limited partner of the general partner of Spectrum
         and a  general  partner  of the  general  partner  of  Spectrum  Equity
         Investors II, L.P.,  disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned
         by Spectrum Equity Investors, L.P.
         and Spectrum Equity Investors II, L.P.
(18)     Mr.  Barris,  who is  general  partner  of the  general  partner of New
         Enterprise  Associates VI, Limited  Partnership,  disclaims  beneficial
         ownership of the shares owned by New Enterprise  Associates VI, Limited
         Partnership.
(19)     Mr.  Kerins,  Managing  Director  of the  general  partner  of  Grotech
         Partners IV, LP, disclaims  beneficial ownership of the shares owned by
         Grotech Partners IV, LP.
(20)     Mr.  Reinstadtler,  Vice  President  and  Director of Toronto  Dominion
         Capital (USA) Inc.,  disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned
         by Toronto Dominion Capital (USA) Inc.

                                       40

<PAGE>

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

SERIES A PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         Pursuant to an  Investment  and  Stockholders'  Agreement,  dated as of
August 28, 1995 (the  "Series A Purchase  Agreement"),  by and among the Company
and Spectrum  Equity  Investors,  L.P.,  New  Enterprise  Associates VI, Limited
Partnership,  Onset  Enterprise  Associates II, L.P., IAI Investment Funds VIII,
Inc.,   Thomas   Domencich,   Dennis  R.  Patrick  and  the  Corman   Foundation
Incorporated,  (together,  the "Series A Purchasers") and David  Schaeffer,  the
Series A Purchasers made their initial investments in the Company.  The Series A
Purchasers (i) agreed,  subject to the  satisfaction of certain  conditions,  to
purchase in the aggregate  1,000,000  shares of Series A  Convertible  Preferred
Stock for an aggregate  purchase price of $1.0 million,  (ii) purchased  500,000
shares of such 1,000,000  shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock for an
aggregate  purchase  price of $500,000 and (iii) agreed to make available to the
Company,  under certain  circumstances,  bridge loans in an aggregate  principal
amount of $500,000 (the "Bridge Loan  Commitment").  Pursuant to Amendment No. 1
to the Investment and Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of February 8, 1996, the
Series  A  Purchasers  purchased  the  remaining  500,000  shares  of  Series  A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  for an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $500,000.
Pursuant to Amendment No. 2 to the Investment and Stockholders'  Agreement dated
as of August 2, 1996, the Series A Purchasers, among other things, increased the
amount  of the  Bridge  Loan  Commitment  to an  aggregate  principal  amount of
$700,000 and advanced such amount to the Company,  such loans being evidenced by
bridge loan notes (collectively, the "Bridge Loan Notes"). The Bridge Loan Notes
carried an  interest  rate of 12% per annum and were due and  payable in full on
the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the issuance of the Bridge Loan
Notes or the closing date of the  Company's  next equity  financing.  The Bridge
Loan Notes were to be convertible  into any future equity security issued by the
Company at 73% of the price to be paid for such security by other investors.  In
addition,  the Series A Purchasers agreed to make available to the Company, upon
the  occurrence  of certain  events,  additional  bridge  loans in an  aggregate
principal amount of $300,000 (the "Additional Bridge Loan Commitment").

SERIES B PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         The  Company,  each of the Series A Purchasers  and several  additional
purchasers (together,  the "Series B Purchasers") and Mr. Schaeffer entered into
an Investment and  Stockholders'  Agreement,  dated as of December 23, 1996 (the
"Series B Purchase  Agreement"),  pursuant  to which,  among other  things,  the
Series B  Purchasers  agreed to acquire  in the  aggregate  1,651,046  shares of
Series B Convertible  Preferred  Stock for an aggregate  purchase  price of $5.0
million.  Of these  amounts,  609,756  shares of Series B Convertible  Preferred
Stock were  purchased on December 23, 1996,  for an aggregate  purchase price of
$2.0 million.  In addition,  the $700,000 principal amount of Bridge Loan Notes,
plus $33,367 of accrued interest, were converted into 306,242 shares of Series B
Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  At the same time,  the Series A Purchasers  paid
$300,000 representing the committed but undrawn portion of the Additional Bridge
Loan  Commitment  to the  Company  for the sale of  125,292  shares  of Series B
Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The Series B Purchasers  purchased the remaining
609,756 shares of Series B Convertible  Preferred  Stock subject to the Series B
Purchase  Agreement  for  $2.0  million  on June  18,  1997.  See  Note 9 to the
financial statements included elsewhere in this Report.


                                       41
<PAGE>


SERIES C PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         The Company,  the Series A Purchasers,  the Series B Purchasers and one
additional  purchaser  (together the "Series C  Purchasers")  and Mr.  Schaeffer
entered into the Investment and Stockholders' Agreement, dated October 31, 1997,
as amended (the "Investment and  Stockholders'  Agreement"),  pursuant to which,
among other things,  the Series C Purchasers  agreed to acquire 2,819,549 shares
of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $30.0
million.   The  Series  C  Purchasers  purchased  939,850  shares  of  Series  C
Convertible  Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million on
October 31, 1997,  and  purchased  an  additional  1,879,699  shares of Series C
Convertible  Preferred  Stock for an aggregate  purchase  price of $20.0 million
simultaneously  with the closing of the Debt  Offering.  In connection  with the
Investment and Stockholders'  Agreement,  the Company,  the holders of Preferred
Stock  (collectively,  the  "Investors")  and Mr.  Schaeffer agreed to amend and
restate,  in part,  the  Series A Purchase  Agreement  and the Series B Purchase
Agreement.  These amendments restated the provisions of such agreements relating
to affirmative and negative covenants, transfer restrictions, rights to purchase
and  registration  rights.  These  sections  of each of the  Series  A  Purchase
Agreement,  the  amendments  thereto,  and the Series B Purchase  Agreement were
similar in all material respects.  In order to remove any doubt as to this fact,
to simplify  matters and for  convenience (to have in one agreement the material
provisions  that  survive  the  purchase  and sale of the  Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock,  Series B Convertible  Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock  (collectively  the "Series Preferred Stock") and the closing of
an initial  public  offering),  the  aforementioned  sections  were  amended and
restated in the Investment and  Stockholders'  Agreement.  See "--Investment and
Stockholders' Agreement."

TERMS OF THE SERIES PREFERRED STOCK

         Each share of Series  Preferred Stock will  automatically  be converted
into Common Stock immediately upon the closing of a qualified public offering of
capital stock of the Company. A qualified public offering is defined as: (i) the
Company is valued on a pre-money  basis at greater  than  $50,000,000,  (ii) the
gross proceeds received by the Company exceed $20,000,000, and (iii) the Company
uses a  nationally  recognized  underwriter  approved  by  holders of a majority
interest of the Series  Preferred  Stock.  As of December 31,  1998,  the Series
Preferred Stock was convertible into an aggregate of 15,864,715 shares of Common
Stock.

         Each share of Series Preferred Stock entitles its holder to a number of
votes  equal to the  number of shares of Common  Stock  into which such share of
Series Preferred Stock is convertible. With respect to the Board of Directors of
the Company,  prior to the  completion  of a qualified  public  offering (i) the
holders of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock are entitled to vote separately
as a class to elect  two  directors  of the  Company  (the  "Series  A  Investor
Directors"),  (ii) the  holders  of  Series B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock are
entitled to vote  separately  as a class to elect one  director  (the  "Series B
Investor  Director"),  (iii) the holders of the Series C  Convertible  Preferred
Stock are  entitled  to vote  separately  as a class to elect one  director  (to
"Series C Investor Director"), (iv) the holders of the Common Stock are entitled
to vote  separately  as a class  to  elect  two  directors  (the  "Common  Stock
Directors"),  (v) the chief  executive  officer  (the  "CEO") of the  Company is
appointed by the affirmative vote of the Common Stock Directors and the Series A
Investor  Directors,  Series B Investor Director and Series C Investor Director,
voting  together,  and (vi) the CEO will be elected to the Board of Directors of
the Company by the holders of Common Stock and Series  Preferred  Stock,  voting
together.

                                       42
<PAGE>


         The  holders  of the Series  Preferred  Stock are  entitled  to receive
dividends  in  preference  to and at the same  rate as  dividends  are paid with
respect  to the  Common  Stock.  In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,
winding  up  or  deemed  liquidation  of  the  Company,   whether  voluntary  or
involuntary,  each holder of a share of Series  Preferred  Stock  outstanding is
entitled  to be paid  before any payment may be made to the holders of any class
of Common  Stock or any  stock  ranking  on  liquidation  junior  to the  Series
Preferred Stock, an amount,  in cash, equal to the original  purchase price paid
by such holder, appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the
like, plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

         The  Series  A  Convertible   Preferred  Stock,  Series  B  Convertible
Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible  Preferred Stock A, Series B and Series
C Preferred Stock were $1,000,000, $5,033,367, and $30,000,052, respectively, as
of December 31, 1998. In the event the assets of the Company are insufficient to
pay liquidation preference amounts, all of the assets available for distribution
shall be  distributed  to each  holder  of  Series  Preferred  Stock pro rata in
proportion  to the  number  of shares of  Series  Preferred  Stock  held by such
holder.

         Shares of the Series  Preferred  Stock may be converted at any time, at
the option of the holder,  into shares of Common Stock.  The number of shares of
voting Common Stock to be received  upon  conversion is subject to adjustment in
the event of stock dividends and  subdividends,  certain  combinations of Common
Stock,  and issuances of Common Stock and of securities  convertible into Common
Stock that have a dilutive effect. As of December 31, 1998, each share of Series
Preferred Stock was convertible into 2.9 shares of Common Stock.

INVESTMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

         Pursuant to the terms of the  Investment and  Stockholders'  Agreement,
the Investors and Mr.  Jalkut are entitled to certain  registration  rights with
respect to  securities of the Company.  On any three  occasions at the option of
the holders,  the holders of a majority of the securities  registrable under the
terms of the Investment and Stockholders' Agreement  ("Registrable  Securities")
may require the Company to effect a  registration  under the  Securities  Act of
1933 of their  Registrable  Securities,  subject to the Company's right to defer
such  registration  for a period of up to 60 days.  In addition,  if the Company
proposes to register  securities  under the Securities Act of 1933 (other than a
registration  relating either to the sale of securities to employees pursuant to
a stock option,  stock purchase or similar plan or a transaction  under Rule 145
of the Securities  Act), then any of the holders of Registrable  Securities have
the right (subject to certain cut-back  limitations) to request that the Company
register such holder's Registrable Securities.  All registration expenses of the
Investors (exclusive of underwriting discount and commissions) up to $60,000 per
offering  will be borne by the Company.  The Company has agreed to indemnify the
Investors  against  certain  liabilities  in  connection  with any  registration
effected pursuant to the foregoing terms,  including  liabilities  arising under
the Securities Act.

LEASE FROM THE KENILWORTH PARTNERSHIP

         The Company has entered into the Headquarters  Lease for  approximately
10,195 square feet of office space from the  Kenilworth  Partnership,  a general
partnership  of which David  Schaeffer,  a director of the  Company,  is general
partner.  The rental rate is  approximately  $20 per square  foot,  plus fees to
cover the  Company's  proportional  share of real  estate  taxes  and  insurance
premiums relating to the 

                                       43
<PAGE>


building.  The Headquarters  Lease expires on August 31, 1999 and may be renewed
at the option of the Company  for two  additional  one-year  periods on the same
terms and conditions.  Rent paid to the Kenilworth  Partnership  during the year
ended December 31, 1998, was approximately  $282,000.  Management  believes that
the terms and conditions of the Headquarters  Lease are at least as favorable to
the Company as those which the Company could have received from an  unaffiliated
third party.

                                       44

<PAGE>


PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

     (1) Financial Statements

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997

         Consolidated  Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31,
         1998,  1997 and 1996,  and for the  period  August  25,  1995  (date of
         inception) to December 31, 1998

         Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Loss for the  years  ended
         December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  and for the period  August 25, 1995
         (date of inception) to December 31, 1998

         Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
         1998,  1997 and 1996,  and for the  period  August  25,  1995  (date of
         inception) to December 31, 1998

         Consolidated  Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years
         ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996, and for the period August 25,
         1995 (date of inception) to December 31, 1998

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     (2) Financial Statement Schedules

         All  schedules  are  omitted  because  they are not  applicable  or not
         required or because the required  information is incorporated herein by
         reference  or included in the  financial  statements  or notes  thereto
         included elsewhere in this report.

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K.

      On October  6,  1998,  the  Company  filed a report on Form 8-K  providing
      information  under  Items 5 and 7.  The  Report,  dated  October  6,  1998
      announced the expansion of the Company's  management team to include three
      new additions to its national sales force.

(c)      Exhibits.

      The  following  exhibits are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form
10-K:

EXHIBIT NUMBER   DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT

    3.1(1)        Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
                  Company and  Certificate  of Amendment to such  Certificate of
                  Incorporation.  

    3.2(1)        Amended and Restated  Bylaws of the Company.

    4.1+          Indenture  between the  Company  and The Bank of New York,  as
                  trustee, dated April 8, 1998.

    4.2++         Pledge  Agreement  by and among the  Company,  The Bank of New
                  York,  as  

                                       45

<PAGE>

                  trustee, and The Bank of New York, as securities intermediary,
                  dated April 8, 1998.

    4.3**         Form of New Note.

    4.4+          Form of Existing Note (included in Exhibit 4.1).

   10.1*          Master  Agreement  by and between the Company and NEC America,
                  Inc.,  dated August 8, 1997,  as amended by  Amendment  No. 1,
                  dated  November  9, 1997 and  Amendment  No. 2, dated April 2,
                  1998.

   10.1.1*        Amendment No. 3, dated May 4, 1998 to Master  Agreement by and
                  between the Company and NEC America, Inc.

   10.1.2*        Amendment  No. 4, dated July 10, 1998 to Master  Agreement  by
                  and between the Company and NEC America, Inc.

   10.1.3(1)      Amendment No. 5, dated  November 20, 1998 to Master  Agreement
                  by and between the Company and NEC America, Inc.

   10.2(2)*       EmploymentAgreement  by and  between the Company and Richard 
                  A.Jalkut,  dated  August 4, 1997, as amended  by Amendment to
                  Employment Agreement, dated April 6, 1998.

   10.3(2)*       Non-Disclosure, Assignment of Inventions  and  Non-Competition
                  Agreement by and between the Company and Kevin  Bennis,  dated
                  February 2, 1998.

   10.4(2)*       Pathnet, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan.

   10.5(2)*       Pathnet,   Inc.  1997  Stock  Incentive Plan,  as amended  by
                  Amendment No. 1 to 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.

   10.6*          Notes  Registration  Rights Agreement by and among the Company
                  and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                  Incorporated,  Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc., TD Securities  (USA)
                  Inc.  and Salomon  Brothers  Inc  (collectively,  the "Initial
                  Purchasers"), dated April 8, 1998.

   10.7*          Warrant  Agreement  by and between the Company and The Bank of
                  New York, as warrant agent, dated April 8, 1998.

   10.8*          Warrant   Registration  Rights  Agreement  by  and  among  the
                  Company,  Spectrum  Equity  Investors,  L.P.,  New  Enterprise
                  Associates   VI,   Limited   Partnership,   Onset   Enterprise
                  Associates II, L.P., FBR Technology  Venture  Partners,  L.P.,
                  Toronto Dominion  Capital (U.S.A.) Inc.,  Grotech Partners IV,
                  L.P.,  Richard A.  Jalkut,  David  Schaeffer  and the  Initial
                  Purchasers, dated April 8, 1998.

   10.9**         Investment and Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 31,
                  1997 (the "Investment and  Stockholders'  Agreement"),  by and
                  among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company.

   10.9.1**       Consent,  Waiver and  Amendment,  dated as of March 19,  1998,
                  relating to the Investment and Stockholders' Agreement.

                                       46
<PAGE>

   10.9.2**       Amendment No. 1 to the Investment and Stockholders' Agreement,
                  dated as of April 1, 1998.

   10.10*         Lease Agreement, by and between 6715 Kenilworth Avenue General
                  Partnership and the Company,  dated August 9, 1997, as amended
                  by Amendment to Lease, dated March 5, 1998.

   10.10.1*       Second Amendment to Lease, dated June 1, 1998.

   10.10.2(1)     Third Amendment to Lease, dated September 1, 1998.

   10.11(2)*      Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  by  and  between  the
                  Company and Richard A. Jalkut, dated August 4, 1997.

   10.12(2)*      Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  by  and  between  the
                  Company and David Schaeffer, dated October 31, 1997.

   21.1(1)        Subsidiaries of the Company.

   27.1(1)        Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1998.

         +        Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.19 to the  Company's
                  Registration   Statement   on  Form  S-1   (Registration   No.
                  333-52247)  filed  by the  Company  with  the  Securities  and
                  Exchange Commission on May 8, 1998.

         ++       Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.20 to the  Company's
                  Registration   Statement   on  Form  S-1   (Registration   No.
                  333-52247)  filed  by the  Company  with  the  Securities  and
                  Exchange Commission on May 8, 1998.

         *        Incorporated by reference to the corresponding  exhibit to the
                  Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
                  333-52247)  filed  by the  Company  with  the  Securities  and
                  Exchange  Commission  on May 8, 1998,  as amended by Amendment
                  No. 1 to such Registration Statement filed with the Securities
                  and Exchange  Commission on July 16, 1998, as further  amended
                  by Amendment No. 2 to such  Registration  Statement filed with
                  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on July 27, 1998, and
                  as further  amended by  Amendment  No. 3 to such  Registration
                  Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
                  August 10, 1998.

         **       Incorporated by reference to the corresponding  exhibit to the
                  Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No.
                  333-53467)  filed  by the  Company  with  the  Securities  and
                  Exchange  Commission  on May 22, 1998, as amended by Amendment
                  No. 1 to such Registration Statement.

         (1)      Filed herewith.

         (2)      Constitutes management contract or compensatory arrangement.

                                       47
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf  by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  District  of
Columbia on this 16th day of March 1999.

                                   PATHNET, INC.

                                    By: /s/ Michael A. Lubin
                                    ------------------------
                                    Name: Michael A. Lubin
                                    Title: Vice President, General Counsel And
                                               Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE                     TITLE                           DATE

/s/  Richard A. Jalkut
- ----------------------        Chief Executive Officer and
Richard A. Jalkut                Director                     March 16, 1999


/s/ William R. Smedberg V     Executive Vice-President
- -------------------------       Corporate Development
William R. Smedberg, V          (Principal Accounting and
                                 Financial Officer)           March 16, 1999

- ---------------               Director                        March   , 1999
David Schaeffer


/s/ Peter J. Barris           Director                        March 17, 1999
- -------------------                         
Peter J. Barris

/s/ Kevin J. Maroni           Director                        March 11, 1999
- -------------------           
Kevin J. Maroni

/s/ Patrick J. Kerins         Director                        March 11, 1999
- ---------------------                 
Patrick J. Kerins

/s/ Richard K. Prins          Director                        March 17, 1999
- --------------------                
Richard K. Prins

/s/ Stephen A. Reinstadtler   Director                        March 15, 1999
- ---------------------------             
Stephen A. Reinstadtler

                                       48
<PAGE>


                                       F-1
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>

                                                                                      Page
         <CAPTION>
         <S>                                                                           <C>   
         Report of Independent Accountants                                             F-2

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997                  F-3

         Consolidated  Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31,
            1998,  1997 and 1996,  and for the period  August 25,  1995 (date of
            inception) to December 31, 1998                                            F-4

         Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Loss for the  years  ended
            December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, and for the period August 25, 1995
            (date of inception) to December 31, 1998                                   F-5

         Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
            1998,  1997 and 1996,  and for the period  August 25,  1995 (date of
            inception) to December 31, 1998                                            F-6

         Consolidated  Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years
           ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, and for the period August 25,
           1995 (date of inception) to December 31, 1998                               F-7

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                    F-8
</TABLE>


                                      F-1

<PAGE>


                        Report of Independent Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Pathnet, Inc.

              In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements listed in
the accompanying index present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial
position of Pathnet,  Inc. and its  subsidiaries  (the  Company) at December 31,
1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,  1998 and for the period
August 25, 1995 (date of inception)  to December 31, 1998,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles.  These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management;  our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  financial  statements  based on our audits.  We conducted  our
audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,   assessing  the
accounting  principles  used and significant  estimates made by management,  and
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.



                                                      PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP



McLean, VA
February 14, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                                           PATHNET, INC.
                               (A Development Stage Enterprise)
                                  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
                                                                                                              December 31,
                                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                                         1998              1997
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
<S>                                                                                                <C>                <C>
                                     ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                          $  57,321,887      $  7,831,384
Note receivable                                                                                        3,206,841                 -
Interest receivable                                                                                    3,848,753                 -
Marketable securities available for sale, at market                                                   97,895,773                 -
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                                                205,505            48,571
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
     Total current assets                                                                            162,478,759         7,879,955
Property and equipment, net                                                                           47,971,336         7,207,094
Deferred financing costs, net                                                                         10,508,251           250,428
Restricted cash                                                                                       10,731,353           760,211
Marketable securities available for sale, at market                                                   71,899,757                 -
Pledged marketable securities held to maturity                                                        61,824,673                 -
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
      Total assets                                                                                 $ 365,414,129      $ 16,097,688
                                                                                                     ===========       ===========
               LIABILITIES, MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                       AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Accounts payable                                                                                   $  10,708,263      $  5,592,918
Accrued interest                                                                                       8,932,294                 -
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                                                   639,688           300,000
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
    Total current liabilities                                                                         20,280,245         5,892,918
12 1/4% Senior Notes, net of unamortized bond discount of $3,787,875                                 346,212,125                 -
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
    Total liabilities                                                                                366,492,370         5,892,918
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, issued and
  outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively (liquidation preference $1,000,000)          1,000,000         1,000,000
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 1,651,046 shares authorized, issued and
  outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively (liquidation preference $5,033,367)          5,008,367         5,008,367
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 2,819,549 shares authorized; 2,819,549
  and 939,850 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively
  (liquidation preference $30,000,052)                                                                29,961,272         9,961,274
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
    Total mandatorily redeemable preferred stock                                                      35,969,639        15,969,641
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
Common stock,  $0.01 par value,  60,000,000 and 7,500,000  shares  authorized at
  December  31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively;  2,902,358  and  2,900,000  shares
  issued and
  outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively                                                 29,024            29,000
Common stock subscription receivable                                                                           -            (9,000)
Deferred compensation                                                                                   (978,064)                -
Additional paid-in capital                                                                             6,156,406           381,990
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                                                   208,211                 -
Deficit accumulated during the development stage                                                     (42,463,457)       (6,166,861)
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)                                                             (37,047,880)       (5,764,871)
                                                                                                     -----------       -----------
      Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) $ 365,414,129      $ 16,097,688
                                                                                                     ===========       ===========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                      F - 3
<PAGE>


                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A Development Stage Enterprise)
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
  
                                                                                            For the period
                                                         For the year ended                 August 25, 1995
                                                             December 31,                (date of inception)
                                             --------------------------------------------   to December 31,
                                                  1998            1997            1996            1998
                                             ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>         
Revenue                                      $  1,583,539    $    162,500    $      1,000    $  1,747,039
                                             ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Operating expenses:
     Cost of revenue                            7,547,620            --              --         7,547,620
     Selling, general and administrative        9,615,867       4,247,101       1,333,294      15,625,349
     Research and development                        --              --              --
     Depreciation expense                         732,813          46,642           9,024         788,831
                                             ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
        Total operating expenses               17,896,300       4,293,743       1,342,318      23,961,800
                                             ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Net operating loss                            (16,312,761)     (4,131,243)     (1,341,318)    (22,214,761)
Interest expense                              (32,572,454)           --          (415,357)    (32,987,811)
Interest income                                13,940,240         159,343          13,040      14,115,236
Write-off of initial public offering costs     (1,354,534)           --              --        (1,354,534)
Other income (expense), net                         2,913          (5,500)           --            (2,587)
                                             ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
        Net loss                             $(36,296,596)   $ (3,977,400)   $ (1,743,635)   $(42,444,457)
                                             ============    ============    ============    ============
Basic and diluted loss per
     common share                            $     (12.51)   $      (1.37)   $      (0.60)   $     (14.63)
                                             ============    ============    ============    ============
Weighted average number of
     common shares outstanding                  2,902,029       2,900,000       2,900,000       2,900,605
                                             ============    ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>




              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                      F - 4
<PAGE>





                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A Development Stage Enterprise)
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

<TABLE>
 
                                                                                       For the period
                                                      For the year ended               August 25, 1995
                                                          December 31,               (date of inception)
                                        --------------------------------------------   to December 31,
                                             1998            1997            1996            1998
                                        ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>          
Net loss                                $(36,296,596)   $ (3,977,400)   $ (1,743,635)   $(42,444,457)

Other comprehensive income
    Net unrealized gain on marketable
    securities available for sale            208,211            --              --           208,211
                                        ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Comprehensive loss                      $(36,088,385)   $ (3,977,400)   $ (1,743,635)   $(42,236,246)
                                        ============    ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>




  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                     F - 5
<PAGE>


                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A Development Stage Enterprise)
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
        
<TABLE>
                                                                                                                For the period
                                                                               For the year ended               August 25, 1995
                                                                                   December 31,               (date of inception)
                                                                    ------------------------------------------   to December 31,
                                                                        1998            1997          1996          1998
                                                                    -------------  ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net loss                                                        $ (36,296,596) $  (3,977,400) $  (1,743,635) $ (42,444,457)
   Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
    activities
     Depreciation expense                                                732,813         46,642          9,024        788,831
     Amortization of deferred financing costs                            842,790           --             --          842,790
     Loss on disposal of asset                                              --            5,500           --            5,500
     Write-off of deferred financing costs                               581,334           --             --          581,334
     Interest expense resulting from amortization of discount on
      the bonds payable                                                  307,125           --             --          307,125
     Stock based compensation                                            701,295           --             --          701,295
     Interest expense for beneficial conversion feature of
       bridge loan                                                          --             --          381,990        381,990
     Accrued interest satisfied by conversion of bridge loan to
       Series B convertible preferred stock                                 --             --           33,367         33,367
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Interest receivable                                              (4,846,952)          --             --       (4,846,952)
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                          (156,935)       (46,876)        (1,695)      (205,505)
     Accounts payable                                                      6,709        386,106        110,094        507,614
     Accrued interest                                                  8,932,294           --             --        8,932,294
     Deferred revenue                                                       --             --             --             --
     Accrued expenses and other liabilities                              339,688        269,783         17,572        639,687
                                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
       Net cash used in operating activities                         (28,856,435)    (3,316,245)    (1,193,283)   (33,775,087)
                                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Expenditures for network in progress                              (33,619,342)    (1,739,782)          --      (35,359,124)
   Expenditures for property and equipment                            (2,769,076)      (381,261)       (46,653)    (3,205,893)
   Purchase of marketable securities available for sale             (169,587,319)          --             --     (169,587,319)
   Purchase of marketable securities - pledged as collateral         (83,097,655)          --             --      (83,097,655)
   Sale of marketable securities - pledged as collateral              22,271,181           --             --       22,271,181
   Restricted cash                                                    (9,971,142)      (760,211)          --      (10,731,353)
   Issuance of note receivable to incumbent                           (3,206,841)          --             --       (3,206,841)
   Repayment of note receivable                                            9,000           --             --            9,000
                                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
       Net cash used in investing activities                        (279,971,194)    (2,881,254)       (46,653)  (282,908,004)
                                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Issuance of voting and non-voting common stock                           --             --             --            1,000
   Proceeds from sale of preferred stock                              19,999,998     12,000,054      2,500,000     35,000,052
   Proceeds from sale of Series B convertible  preferred stock
     representing the conversion of committed but undrawn portion
     of bridge loan to Series B convertible preferred stock                 --             --          300,000        300,000
   Proceeds from bond offering                                       350,000,000           --             --      350,000,000
   Proceeds from bridge loan                                                --             --          700,000        700,000
   Exercise of employee common stock options                                  81           --             --               81
   Payment of issuance costs for preferred stock offerings                  --          (38,780)       (25,000)       (63,780)
   Payment of deferred financing costs                               (11,681,947)      (250,428)          --      (11,932,375)
                                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
       Net cash provided by financing activities                     358,318,132     11,710,846      3,475,000    374,004,978
                                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                             49,490,503      5,513,347      2,235,064     57,321,887
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period                   7,831,384      2,318,037         82,973           --
                                                                   -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period                     $  57,321,887  $   7,831,384  $   2,318,037  $  57,321,887
                                                                   =============  =============  =============  =============
Supplemental disclosure:
   Cash paid for interest                                          $  22,271,234  $        --    $        --    $  22,271,234
                                                                   =============  =============  =============  =============
   Noncash investing and financing transactions:
     Conversion of bridge loan plus accrued interest to
     Series B convertible preferred stock                          $        --    $        --    $     733,367  $     733,367
                                                                   =============  =============  =============  =============
     Conversion of non-voting common stock to voting common stock  $        --    $        --    $      14,500  $         500
                                                                   =============  =============  =============  =============
     Issuance of voting and non-voting common stock                $        --    $        --    $        --    $       9,000
                                                                   =============  =============  =============  =============
     Acquisition of network equipment financed by accounts payable $  10,200,650  $   5,092,013  $        --    $  10,200,650
                                                                   =============  =============  =============  =============
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F - 6
<PAGE>


                                  PATHNET INC.
                        (A Development Stage Enterprise)
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
     Period from August 25, 1995 (date of inception) to December 31 1995 and
              for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998
<TABLE>

                                                                                                              Deficit
                                                                 Note                           Accumulated  Accumulated
                                                              Receivable              Additional   Other       During
                                               Common Stock      From      Deferred    Paid-in Comprehensive Development
                                           Shares      Amount Stockholder Compensation Capital     Income      Stage       Total
                                          ---------  --------- ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       
Balance at August 25, 1995                     --    $    --    $    --    $    --    $    --    $    --    $    --     $      --
Issuance of Voting common stock           1,450,000     14,500     (4,500)      --         --         --       (9,500)          500
Issuance of Non-voting common stock       1,450,000     14,500     (4,500)      --         --         --       (9,500)          500
Net loss                                       --         --         --         --         --         --     (426,826)     (426,826)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  -----------
   Balance at December 31, 1995           2,900,000     29,000     (9,000)      --         --         --     (445,826)     (425,826)
Cancellation of Non-voting common stock   (1,450,000)  (14,500)      --         --         --         --         --         (14,500)
Issuance of Voting common stock           1,450,000     14,500       --         --         --         --         --          14,500
Interest expense for beneficial conversion     --
   feature of bridge loan                      --         --         --         --      381,990       --         --         381,990
Net loss                                       --         --         --         --         --         --    (1,743,635)  (1,743,635)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  -----------
   Balance at December 31, 1996           2,900,000     29,000     (9,000)      --      381,990       --    (2,189,461)  (1,787,471)
Net loss                                       --         --         --         --         --         --    (3,977,400)  (3,977,400)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  -----------
   Balance at December 31, 1997           2,900,000     29,000     (9,000)      --      381,990       --    (6,166,861)  (5,764,871)
Exercise of stock options                     2,358         24       --         --           57       --         --              81
Repayment of note receivable                   --         --        9,000       --         --         --         --           9,000
Deferred compensation expense related to 
   issuance of employee common stock options   --         --         --   (1,679,359) 1,679,359       --         --            --
Compensation expense related to issuance of
   employee common stock options               --         --         --      701,295       --         --         --         701,295
Fair value of warrants to purchase common      --
   stock                                       --         --         --         --    4,095,000       --         --       4,095,000
Net unrealized gain on marketable securities
   available for sale                          --         --         --         --         --      208,211       --         208,211
Net loss                                       --         --         --         --         --         --   (36,296,596) (36,296,596)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  -----------
                                          2,902,358  $  29,024  $    --    $(978,064)$6,156,406  $ 208,211$(42,463,457 $(37,047,880)
                                          =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  ==========  ===========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                     F - 7

<PAGE>


                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.       THE COMPANY

         Pathnet,  Inc.  (Company) is a leading "carrier's  carrier",  providing
high-quality,  low-cost  digital fiber and wireless  communications  capacity to
under-served and second- and third-tier U.S. markets.  The Company's strategy is
to partner with owners of telecommunication  assets, including utility, pipeline
and  railroad  companies   (Incumbents),   to  upgrade  and  aggregate  existing
infrastructure to a state-of-the-art SONET network. As of December 31, 1998, the
Company had approximately 2,000 route miles of completed network,  approximately
5,000 route miles of network under  construction and approximately  10,000 route
miles of network under contract. Due to demand and opportunity, Pathnet expanded
the scope of its existing  business  strategy to include  fiber.  Pathnet offers
telecommunications  service to inter-exchange carriers, local exchange carriers,
internet  service  providers,   Regional  Bell  Operating  Companies,   cellular
operators and resellers.

         The  Company's  business  has  been  funded  primarily  through  equity
investments by the Company's  stockholders and a private placement in April 1998
of units  consisting  of 12 1/4% Senior  Notes due 2008  (Restricted  Notes) and
warrants  (Warrants) to purchase Common Stock (Debt  Offering).  On September 2,
1998,  the  Company  commenced  an  offer  to  exchange   (Exchange  Offer)  all
outstanding Restricted Notes for up to $350.0 million aggregate principal amount
of 12 1/4% Senior Notes due 2008  (Registered  Notes) which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended  (Securities Act). The terms of the
Registered  Notes are  identical  in all  material  respects to the terms of the
Restricted  Notes,  except that the Registered  Notes have been registered under
the Securities Act and are generally freely  transferable by holders thereof and
are issued without any covenant upon the Company  regarding  registration  under
the  Securities  Act.  The  Exchange  Offer  expired  on October 2, 1998 and all
outstanding   Restricted  Notes  were  exchanged  for  Registered   Notes.  (The
Restricted Notes and the Registered Notes are collectively referred to herein as
the "Senior Notes".)

         A substantial portion of the Company's  activities to date has involved
developing  strategic  relationships  with  Incumbents and building its network.
Accordingly,  a majority of its revenues to date reflect only certain consulting
and  advisory   services  in  connection   with  the  design,   development  and
construction of digital microwave infrastructure.  The remainder of its revenues
to date  (approximately  10 per cent of its total revenues) was derived from the
sale of bandwidth along the Company's digital network. The Company has also been
engaged in constructing  network,  developing operating systems,  constructing a
network operations  center,  raising capital and hiring management and other key
personnel.  The Company has experienced significant operating and net losses and
negative  operating  cash flow to date and  expects to  continue  to  experience
operating and net losses and negative  operating cash flow until such time as it
is able to generate revenue sufficient to cover its operating expenses.

2.       SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

         While  the  Company  recently  commenced  providing   telecommunication
services  to  customers  and  recognizing  the  revenue  from  the  sale of such
telecommunication  services, its principal activities to date have been securing
contractual  alliances  with  Incumbents,  designing  and  constructing  network

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

segments, obtaining capital and planning its proposed service.  Accordingly, the
Company's consolidated financial statements are presented as a development stage
enterprise,  as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 7,
"Accounting and Reporting by Development  Stage  Enterprises."  As a development
stage  enterprise,  the Company has been  relying on the  issuance of equity and
debt securities, rather than recurring revenues, for its primary sources of cash
since inception.

CONSOLIDATION

         The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Pathnet,
Inc. and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Pathnet Finance I, LLC,  Pathnet/Idaho
Power License, LLC, Pathnet Fiber Optics, LLC and Pathnet/BNSF  Equipment,  LLC.
All material  intercompany  accounts and  transactions  have been  eliminated in
consolidation.

USE OF ESTIMATES

         The  preparation  of  the  financial   statements  in  conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial  statements  and the reported  amounts of revenues and
expenses  during the reported  period.  The  estimates  involve  judgments  with
respect to, among other things,  various  future  factors which are difficult to
predict and are beyond the control of the Company.  Actual  amounts could differ
from these estimates.

LOSS PER SHARE

         Basic  earnings  (loss) per share is computed  by  dividing  net income
(loss) by the  weighted  average  number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
during the applicable  period.  Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by
dividing  net income  (loss) by the  weighted  average  common  and  potentially
dilutive common equivalent shares  outstanding during the applicable period. For
each of the periods  presented,  basic and diluted  loss per share are the same.
The  exercise of  2,885,833  employee  Common  Stock  options,  the  exercise of
warrants to purchase  1,116,500  shares of Common Stock,  and the  conversion of
5,470,595  shares  of  Series  A,  B  and C  convertible  preferred  stock  into
15,864,715  shares  of  Common  Stock  as of  December  31,  1998,  which  could
potentially  dilute basic  earnings per share in the future were not included in
the computation of diluted loss per share for the periods  presented  because to
do so would have been antidilutive in each case.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         The  Company  believes  that the  carrying  amount  of  certain  of its
financial  instruments,  which include cash  equivalents  and accounts  payable,
approximate   fair  value  due  to  the  relatively   short  maturity  of  these
instruments.  As of December 31, 1998, the value of the Company's 12 1/4% Senior
Notes was approximately $245 million.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

         The Company  considers all highly liquid  instruments  with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

                                      F-9

<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

         Financial   instruments  which  potentially   subject  the  Company  to
concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash  equivalents,  marketable
securities and associated interest receivable,  note receivable,  and restricted
cash.  Marketable  securities and associated  interest  receivable  include U.S.
Treasury   securities  and  debt   securities  of  U.S.   Government   agencies,
certificates of deposit and money market funds,  and corporate debt  securities.
The note  receivable is guaranteed by the parent  company of the note holder,  a
leading  utility  company.  The Company has  invested its excess cash in a money
market fund with a commercial bank. The money market fund is  collateralized  by
the underlying  assets of the fund. The Company's  restricted cash is maintained
in an  escrow  account  (see  Note  5) at a  major  bank.  The  Company  has not
experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash.

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

         Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments
in  marketable   securities  at  the  time  of  purchase  and  reevaluates  such
determinations  at each balance sheet date.  Debt  securities  are classified as
held to maturity  when the Company has the  positive  intent and ability to hold
the  securities to maturity.  The Company has classified  certain  securities as
held to maturity pursuant to a pledge agreement. Held to maturity securities are
stated at amortized  cost.  Debt  securities for which the Company does not have
the intent or ability to hold to maturity are  classified as available for sale,
along with any  investments in equity  securities.  Securities are classified as
current or non-current based on the maturity date. Securities available for sale
are carried at fair value  based on quoted  market  prices at the balance  sheet
date,  with unrealized  gains and losses  reported as part of accumulated  other
comprehensive income.

         The amortized cost of debt  securities is adjusted for  amortization of
premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity.  Such amortization and interest
are  included  in  interest  income or  expense.  Realized  gains and losses are
included  in other  income  (expense),  net in the  consolidated  statements  of
operations.  The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification
method. The Company's  investments in debt and equity securities are diversified
among high credit quality securities in accordance with the Company's investment
policy.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property   and   equipment,   consisting   of  network   in   progress,
communications  network,  office and computer equipment,  furniture and fixtures
and  leasehold  improvements,  is  stated at cost.  Network  in  progress  costs
incurred  during  development  are  capitalized.  Depreciation  of the completed
communications  network  commences  when the network  equipment is ready for its
intended  use and is computed  using the  straight-line  method  with  estimated
useful lives of network assets ranging between three to ten years.  Depreciation
of the office and  computer  equipment  and  furniture  and fixtures is computed
using the straight-line  method,  generally over three to five years, based upon
estimated  useful lives,  commencing  when the assets are available for service.
Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful lives of the
assets or the lease term.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed
as  incurred.  When  assets are  retired or  disposed,  the cost and the related

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

accumulated  depreciation are removed from the accounts,  and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in operations for the period.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

         The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived
assets.  This  evaluation  consists of a comparison of the carrying value of the
assets with the assets'  expected  future cash flows,  undiscounted  and without
interest costs.  Estimates of expected future cash flows represent  management's
best estimate based on reasonable and supportable  assumptions and  projections.
If the expected future cash flow,  undiscounted  and without  interest  charges,
exceeds the carrying value of the asset, no impairment is recognized. Impairment
losses are measured as the  difference  between the carrying value of long-lived
assets and their fair value.

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES

         The Company uses the liability  method of accounting  for income taxes.
Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the tax bases of
assets and liabilities and their financial  reporting  amounts at each year-end,
based on enacted laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which
the differences are expected to affect taxable income.  Valuation allowances are
established  when  necessary,  to reduce net  deferred  tax assets to the amount
expected  to be  realized.  The  provision  for  income  taxes  consists  of the
Company's current provision for federal and state income taxes and the change in
the Company's net deferred tax assets and liabilities during the period.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

         The Company earns revenue from the sale of  telecommunication  capacity
and for project  management  and consulting  services.  Revenue from the sale of
telecommunications  capacity is earned when the service is provided. Revenue for
project  management  and  consulting  services  is  recognized  over the related
project  period as milestones  are  achieved.  The Company  defers  revenue when
contractual  payments  are received in advance of the  performance  of services.
During  1998,  one customer  accounted  for 98 per cent of the  Company's  total
revenue.

DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS

         The Company has incurred  costs related to the Debt  Offering  together
with costs  associated with obtaining future debt financing  arrangements.  Such
costs are  amortized  over the term of the debt or financing  arrangement  other
than when financing has not been obtained, in which case, the costs are expensed
immediately.

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

         Effective March 31, 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No 130 which requires additional reporting with
respect  to  certain  changes in assets and  liabilities  that  previously  were
reported  in  stockholders'  equity  (deficit).  Accordingly,  the  Company  has
included  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Loss for the years  ended
December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  and for the period  August 25, 1995 (date of
inception) to December 31, 1998 in the accompanying financial statements.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.       MARKETABLE SECURITIES

         The Company's  marketable  securities  are  considered  "available  for
sale," and, as such, are stated at market value.  The net  unrealized  gains and
losses on  marketable  securities  are  reported  as part of  accumulated  other
comprehensive  income.  Realized  gains or  losses  from the sale of  marketable
securities are based on the specific identification method.

        The following is a summary of the  investments in marketable  securities
at December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>    
                                                                        Gross Unrealized 
                                                                        ---------------- 
                                                             Cost       Gains        Losses     Market Value
                                                             ----       -----        ------     -------------
     <S>                                            <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>
     Available for sale securities:
       U.S. Treasury securities and debt securities
         of U.S. Government agencies                 $   20,684,791 $    11,436  $         --   $  20,696,227
       Certificates of deposit and money market
       funds                                              7,098,225         116           878       7,097,463
       Corporate debt securities                        141,804,303     225,972        28,435     142,001,840
                                                     -------------- -----------  ------------   -------------
                                                     $  169,587,319 $   237,524  $     29,313   $ 169,795,530
                                                     ============== ===========  ============   =============
</TABLE>

         Proceeds  from the sales of  available  for sale  securities  and gross
  realized  gains  and gross  realized  losses  on sales of  available  for sale
  securities were immaterial during the year ended December 31, 1998.

         The  amortized  cost and  estimated  fair value of  available  for sale
securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 1998 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Cost          Market Value
         <S>                                     <C>              <C>    

         Due in one year or less                 $   97,863,395   $   97,895,773
         Due after one year through two years        71,723,924       71,899,757
                                                 --------------   --------------
                                                 $  169,587,319   $  169,795,530
                                                 ==============   ==============
</TABLE>
         Expected maturities may differ from contractual  maturities because the
issuers  of the  securities  may have the  right to prepay  obligations  without
prepayment penalties.

         In addition to marketable  securities,  the Company has  investments in
pledged  marketable  securities  that are pledged as collateral for repayment of
interest on the  Company's  Senior Notes through April 2000 (see note 8) and are
classified  as  non-current  assets on the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  As of
December  31, 1998 pledged  marketable  securities  consisted  of U.S.  Treasury
securities   classified  as  held  to  maturity   with  an  amortized   cost  of
approximately  $60.8  million,  interest  receivable  on the pledged  marketable
securities  of   approximately   $998,000  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of
approximately   $41,000.   Approximately   $40.1  million  of  the   investments
contractually  mature prior to December 31, 1999 and approximately $20.7 million
contractually mature after December 31, 1999 and prior to April 30, 2000.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.    NOTE RECEIVABLES

         Under the terms of a  promissory  note with an  incumbent,  the Company
agreed to advance up to $10  million  principal  for the  purpose of funding the
incumbent's  equipment  expenditures  under a  Fixed  Point  Microwave  Services
agreement.  Expenses are initially  incurred by the Company and are recharged at
cost to the  incumbent as principal  under the  promissory  note.  The principal
amount of the promissory note is due and payable on March 31, 1999.  Interest on
the  promissory  note accrues at the rate of 5 per cent per annum  computed from
the date of commissioning of the network,  which had not occurred as of December
31,  1998.  Commissioning  of the  network  occurs  when  the  network  has been
completed  and is  performing  in  accordance  with agreed upon  specifications.
Approximately  $3.2  million was  outstanding  under the  promissory  note as of
December 31, 1998.

5.       PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and  equipment,  stated at cost, is comprised of the following
at December 31, 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1998                 1997     
                                       -----------------      ---------------
<S>                                     <C>                   <C>  

         Network in progress            $    38,669,088       $     6,831,795
         Communications network               6,890,686                    --
         Office and computer equipment        2,267,647               248,880
         Furniture and fixtures                 766,013               120,093
         Leasehold improvements                 166,733                62,344
                                       ----------------       ---------------
                                             48,760,167             7,263,112
         Less: accumulated depreciation        (788,831)              (56,018)
                                       -----------------      ---------------
         Property and equipment, net   $      47,971,336      $     7,207,094 
                                       ==================     ===============
</TABLE>

         Network  construction costs include all direct material and labor costs
together  with  related  allocable   interest  costs,   necessary  to  construct
components of a high capacity  digital  network which is owned and maintained by
the Company.  During 1998, a portion of network was completed and made available
for  use by the  Company,  and  was  transferred  from  network  in  process  to
communications  network.  Network  construction in progress at December 31, 1998
and 1997  respectively  included  approximately  $10.2 million and $5.1 million,
respectively,  of telecommunications  equipment not yet paid for by the Company.
Corresponding  amounts are included in accounts payable at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively.

6.       DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS

         During 1998, the Company incurred total issuance costs of approximately
$11.3 million in connection with the Debt Offering.  For the year ended December
31, 1998,  amortization  of the costs of  approximately  $843,000 was charged to
interest expense.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                   PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         As of December 31, 1997,  debt-financing costs comprised  approximately
$250,000  related to costs incurred in anticipation of obtaining  debt-financing
arrangements  with a vendor.  During the year ended  December  31,  1998,  these
costs, together with additional debt financing costs incurred during the year of
approximately  $364,000,  were  charged  to  interest  expense  as  the  related
financing arrangements were not consummated.

7.       RESTRICTED CASH

         Restricted cash comprises  amounts held in escrow to collateralize  the
Company's  obligations under certain of its Fixed Point Microwave Services (FPM)
agreements.  The funds in each  escrow  account are  available  only to fund the
projects  to which the escrow is related.  Generally,  funds are  released  from
escrow to pay project  costs as  incurred.  During the year ended  December  31,
1998, the Company deposited  approximately  $10.3 million in escrow and no funds
were released from escrow.

8.       LONG-TERM DEBT

         During 1998,  the Company  completed  the Debt Offering for total gross
proceeds of $350.0  million less total  issuance  costs of  approximately  $11.3
million. Upon issuance,  approximately $345.9 million of the gross proceeds were
allocated to the Senior Notes and  approximately  $4.1 million were allocated to
the Warrants based upon estimated fair values.  The Warrants expire on April 15,
2008.  The  estimated  value  attributed  to the Warrants has been recorded as a
discount  on the face  value  of the  Senior  Notes  and as  additional  paid-in
capital.  This discount is amortized as an increase to interest  expense and the
carrying value of the debt over the related term using the interest method.  The
Company  has  recorded  approximately  $307,000  of  expense  for the year ended
December 31, 1998, related to the amortization of this discount. Interest on the
Senior Notes  accrues at an annual rate of 12 1/4 % , payable  semiannually,  in
arrears,  beginning  October 15, 1998,  with  principal due in full on April 15,
2008. Interest expense,  exclusive of the amortization of the discount,  for the
year ended December 31, 1998 was $31.3 million.  The Company used  approximately
$81.1  million of the  proceeds  related to the Debt  Offering to purchase  U.S.
Government debt  securities,  which are restricted and pledged as collateral for
repayment of all interest due on the Senior Notes  through  April 15, 2000.  The
Company  made its first  interest  payment  of  approximately  $22.3  million on
October 15, 1998. The Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole or part, at any time
on or after  April 15,  2003 at the  option  of the  Company,  at the  following
redemption  prices plus  accrued and unpaid  interest  (i) on or after April 15,
2003; 106% of the principal amount, (ii) on or after April 15, 2004; 104% of the
principal amount, (iii) on or after April 15, 2005; 102% of the principal amount
and (iv) on or after April 15, 2006; 100% of the principal  amount. In addition,
at any time prior to April 15, 2001,  the Company may redeem  within sixty days,
with the net cash proceeds of one or more public equity offerings,  up to 35% of
the aggregate  principal  amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal
to 112.25% of the  principal  amount plus accrued and unpaid  interest  provided
that at least 65% of the  original  principal  amount of the Senior Notes remain
outstanding.  Upon a change in control,  as  defined,  each holder of the Senior
Notes may require the Company to  repurchase  all or a portion of such  holder's
Senior Notes at a purchase  price of cash equal 

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

to 101% of the principal  amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated
damages if any.

         The  Senior  Notes  contain   certain   covenants  which  restrict  the
activities of the Company  including  limitations  of  indebtedness,  restricted
payments,  issuances and sales of capital stock, affiliate transactions,  liens,
guarantees, sale of assets and dividends.

9.       CAPITAL STOCK TRANSACTIONS

COMMON STOCK

         The initial capitalization of the Company, on August 28, 1995, occurred
through the issuance by the Company of 1,450,000  shares of voting  common stock
and 1,450,000 shares of non-voting common stock.

         On May 8, 1998,  the Company filed a  Registration  Statement  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for an initial  public  offering of common
stock  (Initial  Public  Offering).  See "Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and
Capital  Resources"  for a discussion of the Company's  decision to postpone the
Initial Public  Offering.  In relation to the postponement of the Initial Public
Offering,  the  Company  wrote  off  approximately  $1.4  million  in  expenses,
consisting   primarily  of  legal  and  accounting  fees,  printing  costs,  and
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  and Nasdaq Stock Market fees.  On July 24,
1998,  the  Company's  stockholders  approved a 2.9-for-1  stock split which was
effected on August 3, 1998,  the record  date.  All share  information  has been
adjusted for this stock split for all periods presented.

PREFERRED STOCK

         As part of its initial  capitalization  on August 25, 1995, the Company
initiated  a private  offering  of  1,000,000  shares  of  Series A  convertible
preferred  stock for  $1,000,000.  Pursuant to the terms of the  Investment  and
Stockholders' Agreement by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the
Company  (Investment and  Stockholders'  Agreement),  the offering closed in two
phases of $500,000 each. As of the signing of the  Investment and  Stockholders'
Agreement, the Company received $500,000, representing the first closing on this
offering in 1995. In addition,  the offering  provided for a convertible  bridge
loan in the amount of  $1,000,000.  The bridge loan carried an interest  rate of
12% per annum and was due and  payable  in full on the  earlier  to occur of the
anniversary  date  of the  bridge  loan  issuance  or the  closing  date  of the
Company's  next equity  financing.  The bridge loan was converted  into Series B
preferred stock at 73% of the price of the Series B convertible  preferred stock
issued in the next equity financing.

         In  February  1996,  the  Company  issued  500,000  shares  of Series A
convertible  preferred stock to the original investors in exchange for $500,000,
representing   the  second  closing  under  the  Investment  and   Stockholders'
Agreement.  In August 1996,  the Company drew $700,000 on a bridge loan with the
original investors.

         On December 23, 1996,  the Company  consummated  a private  offering of
609,756  shares of Series B  convertible  preferred  stock for  $2,000,000  less
issuance  costs  of  $25,000  pursuant  to  the  Investment  and   Stockholders'
Agreement. In addition, simultaneously, the $700,000 bridge loan plus

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

$33,367  of accrued  interest  was  converted  into  306,242  shares of Series B
convertible preferred stock. The Company recognized $271,107 of interest expense
to  account  for the  beneficial  conversion  feature  of the  bridge  loan.  In
addition,  $300,000 representing the committed but undrawn portion of the bridge
loan,  was  paid to the  Company  for the sale of  125,292  shares  of  Series B
convertible  preferred  stock  at a  discounted  rate.  The  Company  recognized
$110,883 of interest expense to account for the beneficial conversion feature of
the  committed  but  undrawn  bridge  loan.  On June 18,  1997,  pursuant to the
Investment  and  Stockholders'  Agreement,  the Company  received an  additional
$2,000,000  in a second  closing  in  exchange  for  609,756  shares of Series B
convertible  preferred  stock.  There were no issuance costs associated with the
second closing.

         On October 31,  1997,  pursuant  to the  Investment  and  Stockholders'
Agreement,  the Company  consummated  a private  offering  of 939,850  shares of
Series C  convertible  preferred  stock  for  approximately  $10  million,  less
issuance  costs of $38,780.  On April 8, 1998,  pursuant to the  Investment  and
Stockholders'  Agreement,  the Company consummated a second closing of 1,879,699
shares of Series C convertible  preferred stock for an aggregate  purchase price
of approximately $20.0 million. There were no issuance costs associated with the
second closing.

         Each  share of Series A,  Series B and Series C  convertible  preferred
stock entitles each holder to a number of votes per share equal to the number of
shares of Common  Stock into which each share of Series A, Series B and Series C
convertible preferred stock is currently convertible.

         The  holders  of the  Series  A,  Series  B and  Series  C  convertible
preferred  stock are entitled to receive  dividends in  preference to and at the
same rate as dividends are paid with respect to the common  stock.  In the event
of any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary
or  involuntary,  holders  of each  share of  Series  A,  Series B and  Series C
convertible  preferred  stock  outstanding  are  entitled  to be paid before any
payment  shall be made to the holders of any class of common  stock or any stock
ranking on liquidation junior to the convertible  preferred stock, an amount, in
cash, equal to the original purchase price paid by such holder plus any declared
but unpaid dividends.

         In  the  event  the  assets  of the  Company  are  insufficient  to pay
liquidation   preference   amounts,   then  all  of  the  assets  available  for
distribution  shall be  distributed  pro rata so that each holder  receives that
portion  of the assets  available  for  distribution  as the number of shares of
convertible  preferred  stock held by such holder  bears to the total  number of
shares of convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

         Shares of the Series A,  Series B, and Series C  convertible  preferred
stock may be  converted  at any time,  at the option of the holder,  into voting
common  stock.  The  number  of  shares of voting  common  stock  entitled  upon
conversion is the quotient  obtained by dividing the face value of the Series A,
Series B and Series C convertible  preferred stock by the Applicable  Conversion
Rate,  defined as the Applicable  Conversion Value of $0.34,  $1.13 or $3.67 per
share, respectively.

         Each  share of  convertible  preferred  stock  shall  automatically  be
converted into the number of shares of voting common stock which such shares are
convertible upon application of the Applicable  Conversion Rate immediately upon
the closing of a qualified  underwritten  public offering covering the offer and
sale of  capital  stock  which is  defined  as:  (i) the  Company is valued on a
pre-money basis at greater than $50,000,000, (ii) the gross proceeds received by
the  Company  exceed  $20,000,000,  and  (iii)  

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

the Company uses a nationally  recognized  underwriter  approved by holders of a
majority  interest of the Series A, Series B and Series C convertible  preferred
stock voting together.

         If the  Company  issues any  additional  shares of common  stock of any
class at a price less than the Applicable  Conversion  Value,  in effect for the
Series A, Series B or Series C convertible  preferred stock immediately prior to
such issuance or sale,  then the Applicable  Conversion  Value shall be adjusted
accordingly.

         In the event a qualified  public  offering  has not  occurred  prior to
December 23, 2000, the holder of shares of Series A or Series B preferred  stock
can  require  the  Company  to  redeem  the  shares  of  Series  A and  Series B
convertible preferred stock. After receipt from any one holder of an election to
have any shares redeemed, the Company is required to send a notice to the Series
A and Series B preferred  stockholders  on December  24, 2000 of the  redemption
price. If after sending the redemption notice to Series A and Series B preferred
stockholders,  the  Company  receives  requests  for  redemption  on or prior to
January 11, 2001,  from the holders of at least 67% of the Series A and Series B
convertible  preferred stock taken together,  the Company must redeem all shares
of Series A and Series B convertible  preferred stock. Payment of the redemption
price is due on  January  23,  2001,  for a cash  price  equal  to the  original
purchase  price  paid by such  holders  for each  share of Series A and Series B
convertible  preferred stock as adjusted for any stock split, stock distribution
or stock dividends with respect to such shares.  The successful  completion of a
qualified  public offering is not within the control of the Company.  Therefore,
the Company  does not  present  the Series A and Series B  preferred  stock as a
component of stockholders' equity.

         In the event that a qualified public offering has not occurred prior to
November 3, 2001,  the holder of shares of Series C preferred  stock can require
the Company to redeem the shares of Series C convertible  preferred stock. After
receipt  from any one holder of an  election  to have any shares  redeemed,  the
Company is required to send a notice to the Series C preferred  stockholders  on
November 4, 2001 of the redemption price. If after sending the redemption notice
to Series C preferred stockholders, the Company receives requests for redemption
on or prior to November 21, 2001, from the holders of at least 67% of the Series
C convertible  preferred  stock,  the Company must redeem all shares of Series C
convertible  preferred stock. Payment of the redemption price is due on December
3, 2001 for a cash  price  equal to the  original  purchase  price  paid by such
holders for each share of Series C convertible  preferred  stock as adjusted for
any stock split,  stock  distribution  or stock  dividends  with respect to such
shares.  The successful  completion of a qualified public offering is not within
the control of the Company. Therefore, the Company does not present the Series C
preferred stock as a component of stockholders' equity.

         Notwithstanding the provisions for optional redemption described above,
pursuant to a Consent  Waiver and Amendment  effective  March 24, 1998 among the
Company and certain  stockholders  of the Company,  the holders of the Series A,
Series B and  Series C  convertible  preferred  stock  agreed  that no  optional
redemption of the Series A, Series B or Series C convertible preferred stock may
be made by the Company  prior to 90 days after (i) the final  maturity  dated of
the Senior Notes (ii) or such earlier date (after the redemption  date specified
for such preferred stock) as the Senior Notes shall be paid in full.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10.      STOCK OPTIONS

         On August 28,  1995,  the Company  adopted  the 1995 Stock  Option Plan
(1995 Plan), under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options
could be granted to the  Company's  employees  and  certain  other  persons  and
entities in accordance with law. The Compensation  Committee,  which administers
the 1995 Plan,  determined the number of options granted, the vesting period and
the  exercise  price of each award made under the 1995 Plan.  The 1995 Plan will
terminate August 28, 2005 unless  terminated  earlier by the Board of Directors.
During 1998, the Compensation  Committee determined that no further awards would
be granted under the 1995 Plan.

         Options granted to date under the 1995 Plan generally vest over a three
period and expire  either 30 days after  termination  of  employment or 10 years
after date of grant.  As of December 31,  1998, a total of 70,731  non-qualified
stock  options and 424,393  incentive  stock  options were issued at an exercise
price of $0.03 per share,  an amount  estimated to equal or exceed the per share
fair value of the common  stock at the time of grant.  As of December  31, 1998,
the  options  issued  at an  exercise  price of  $0.03  had a  weighted  average
contractual life of 6.68 years. As of December 31, 1998,  490,410 of the options
issued at an exercise price of $0.03 were exercisable.

         On August 1, 1997,  the Company  adopted the 1997 Stock  Incentive Plan
(1997 Plan), under which incentive stock options,  non-qualified  stock options,
stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted stock,  performance  awards and certain
other  types of awards may be granted to the  Company's  employees  and  certain
other  persons  and  entities  in  accordance   with  the  law.  To  date,  only
non-qualified  stock  options  have  been  granted  under  the  1997  Plan.  The
Compensation  Committee,  which administers the 1997 Plan, determines the number
of options  granted,  the vesting  period and the  exercise  price of each award
granted under the 1997 Plan.  The 1997 Plan will  terminate July 31, 2007 unless
earlier terminated by the Board of Directors.

         Options  granted  under  the 1997 Plan  generally  vest over a three to
seven year  period and expire:  (1) ten years  after the date of grant,  (2) two
years after the date of the participant's  termination without cause, disability
or death, (3) three months after the date of the participant's resignation,  (4)
on the date of the  participant's  termination  with cause or (5) on the date of
any  material  breach of any  confidentiality  or  non-competition  covenant  or
agreement entered into between the participant and the Company.

         The options  issued on October 31, 1997, at $3.67,  vest on October 31,
2004  provided,  however  (i) if the  Company  has  met 80% of its  revenue  and
Earnings Before Interest,  Taxes,  Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) budget
for the calendar year ending December 31, 1998,  which budget is approved by the
Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  50% of the shares  covered by the options
shall vest and become  exercisable  on January 1, 1999,  (ii) if the Company has
met 80% of its revenue and EBITDA budget for the calendar  year ending  December
31, 1999, which budget is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the
remaining  50% of the  shares  covered  by the  options  shall  vest and  become
exercisable on January 1, 2000, and (iii) in the event that the first 50% of the
shares  covered by the  options  did not vest on January 1, 1999 as set forth in
(i) above and the Company  not only meets 80% of its  revenue and EBITDA  budget
for the year ending  December 31, 1999 but exceeds 80% of its

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

revenue and EBITDA budget for the year ending December 31, 1999, which budget is
approved by the Board of Directors  of the Company,  in an amount at least equal
to the deficiency  that occurred in the year ending  December 31, 1998,  100% of
the shares  covered by the options shall vest and become  exercisable on January
1, 2000.  Unvested and uncancelled  options issued at $3.67  immediately  become
fully  vested and  exercisable  upon a change of control or a  qualified  public
offering, as defined in the option agreement.

         The options issued at $1.13 vest ratably over three or four consecutive
years  subject to certain  acceleration  provisions  set forth in an  employment
agreement such as the immediate  vesting upon a change in control or a qualified
initial public offering. Under certain circumstances and subject to the terms of
the  Senior  Notes,  upon the  election  of the  employee  upon  termination  of
employment,  the Company  will be required to pay the employee the fair value of
the vested options held on the date of such termination.

         As of December 31, 1998,  a total of  2,390,707  non-qualified  options
were issued and outstanding,  1,523,323 at an exercise price of $1.13 per share,
520,134 at an exercise price of $3.67 per share and 347,250 at an exercise price
of $5.20  per  share.  Of the  options  issued  at $1.13,  425,790  shares  were
exercisable  at December 31, 1998.  None of the options issued at $3.67 or $5.20
were  exercisable  at December 31, 1998.  As of December 31, 1998,  the weighted
average contractual life of the options issued at $1.13, $3.67 and $5.20 was 8.9
and 8.9 and 9.9 years, respectively.

          During the year ended  December 31, 1998,  667,373 and 89,721  options
were issued at an exercise price of $1.13 and $3.67 per share, respectively. The
estimated fair value of the Company's  underlying  common stock in each case was
determined  to be $1.99 per share and  $16.00,  respectively.  Accordingly,  the
Company calculated deferred  compensation  expense of approximately $1.7 million
related  to the  options  granted  during the year and  recognized  compensation
expense of approximately $701,000. The Company will recognize the balance of the
compensation expense over the remainder of the vesting period of the options.

                                      F-19

<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          Stock option activity was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          1995 Plan                       1997 Plan    
                                             -----------------------------------   --------------------
                                                              Non-                   Non-                    Weighted
                                                Incentive   Qualified              Qualified                  Average
                                                  Stock       Stock                  Stock                    Exercise
                                                 Options     Options      Price     Options       Price        Price
                                                 -------     -------      -----     -------       -----        -----
    <S>                                          <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>             <C>

    Options outstanding, December 31, 1995       410,248      70,731    $ 0.034          --         --        $  0.034
    Granted                                       14,147       7,074    $ 0.034          --         --        $  0.034
    Exercised                                         --          --         --          --         --              --
    Canceled                                          --          --         --          --         --              --
                                                 -------
    Options outstanding, December 31, 1996       424,395      77,805    $ 0.034          --         --        $  0.034
    Granted                                           --          --         --   1,289,167   $1.13-$3.67     $  1.980
    Exercised                                         --          --         --          --         --              --
    Canceled                                          --          --         --          --         --              --
                                               ---------     -------              ---------        
    Options outstanding, December 31, 1997       424,395      77,805     $0.034   1,289,167   $1.13-$3.67     $  1.430

    Options granted                                   --          --         --   1,107,094   $1.13-$5.20     $  2.622
    Options exercised                                 --      (2,358)    $0.034          --         --          --
    Options cancelled                                 --      (4,716)    $0.034      (5,554)  $1.13-$5.20     $  3.145
                                               ---------     -------              ---------               
    Options outstanding at December 31, 1998     424,395      70,731     $0.034   2,390,707   $1.13-$5.20     $  1.888
                                               =========     =======              =========                       
</TABLE>

The  Company  measures   compensation   expense  for  its  employee  stock-based
compensation using the intrinsic value method and provides pro forma disclosures
of  net  loss  as if the  fair  value  method  had  been  applied  in  measuring
compensation  expense.  Under  the  intrinsic  value  method of  accounting  for
stock-based  compensation,  when  the  exercise  price  of  options  granted  to
employees  is less than the fair  value of the  underlying  stock on the date of
grant,  compensation  expense is to be recognized  over the  applicable  vesting
period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                           --------------------------------------
                                            1998            1997             1996
                                            ----            ----             ----
      <S>                                <C>            <C>               <C>       
      Net loss as reported               $36,296,596    $3,977,400        $1,743,635
      Pro forma net loss                 $36,859,594    $3,978,164        $1,747,570
      Basic and diluted net loss per
          share as reported.                 $(12.51)       $(1.37)           $(0.60)
      Pro forma basic and diluted net
          loss per share                     $(12.70)       $(1.37)           $(0.60)
</TABLE>

The fair value of each option is  estimated on the date of grant using a type of
Black-Scholes   option   pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted-average
assumptions  used for grants during the years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively:  dividend  yield  of 0%,  expected  volatility  of  0%,  risk-free
interest  rate of 6.55% and 6.35% and expected  terms of 5.0 and 5.8 years.  The
following  weighted-average  assumptions  were used for  grants  during the year
ended  December 31,  1998:  dividend  yield of 0%,  expected  volatility  of 0%,
risk-free interest rate of 5.18% and expected terms of 5.5 years.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         As of  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  the  weighted  average  remaining
contractual life of the options is 8.63 years and 9.21 years,  respectively.  As
of  December  31,  1998 and 1997 the pro  forma tax  effects  would  include  an
increase to the deferred tax asset and the valuation  allowance of approximately
$225,000, and $300 respectively; therefore, there is no pro forma tax effect.

11.      VENDOR AGREEMENTS

         Pursuant to a Master  Agreement  entered into by the Company and NEC on
August 8, 1997, as amended,  the Company has the option to acquire, by March 31,
2003, a total of $200 million worth of certain equipment,  services and licensed
software  to be used by the  Company in its  network  under  pricing and payment
terms that the Company  believes are  favorable.  In  addition,  NEC has agreed,
subject to certain  conditions,  to warranty equipment  purchased by the Company
from NEC for three years, if defective,  to repair or replace certain  equipment
promptly and to maintain a stock of critical spare parts for up to 15 years. The
Company's  agreement  with NEC provides for fixed prices  during the first three
years of its term.  As of December 31,  1998,  the Company had  purchased  $31.1
million of equipment under this agreement.

         Pursuant to a supply  agreement  entered into by the Company and Lucent
Technologies  (Lucent)  on December  18,  1998,  the Company  agreed that Lucent
should be its exclusive supplier of fiber optic cable for its nationwide,  voice
and data  network.  Lucent may provide  financing  of up to  approximately  $400
million of fiber purchases for the construction of the Company's network and may
provide  or arrange  financing  for  future  phases of the fiber  portion of the
Company's  network.  The  total  amount  of  financing  over  the  life  of this
seven-year  agreement is not to exceed $1.8 billion.  Certain  material terms of
the Company's  transactions with Lucent are currently under review by Lucent and
the Company.  There can be no assurance that the financing  contemplated  by the
supply  agreement will be  consummated  or, if  consummated,  consummated on the
terms and conditions  described above. The supply agreement provides that Lucent
will  provide the Company with a broad level of support,  including  fiber optic
equipment,  network planning and design,  technical and marketing  support,  and
financing.  As of December 31, 1998, no purchases were made by the Company under
this agreement.

12.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         The Company  maintains  office space in  Washington,  D.C.,  Kansas and
Texas. The most significant lease relates to the Company's headquarters facility
in Washington,  D.C. The  partnership  leasing the space in Washington,  D.C. is
controlled  by a director of the Company.  The lease expires on August 31, 1999,
and is renewable by the Company for two additional  one-year periods.  Rent paid
to this related  party during the year ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,
was $281,890,  $60,980 and $0,  respectively.  The Company has no amounts due to
the related party as of December 31, 1998.

         On December 30, 1998,  the Company  entered into a lease  agreement for
the lease of tower site space,  sufficient  to perform its  obligations  under a
fixed point microwave agreement (FPMA) with an incumbent. Under the terms of the
lease,  the  Company is  obligated  to rent of  $130,000  per month for a period
expiring on the later of (i) the expiration of the FPMA as to that site, or (ii)
ten years from the

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                                  PATHNET, INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

effective date of the agreement.  The agreement  provides for an increase in the
rent  payable  commencing  on  December  1,  1999  and on each  succeeding  year
thereafter  to  December 1, 2008,  by an amount  equal to 4 per cent of the rent
then in effect.

         The Company's  future  minimum  rental  payments  under  noncancellable
operating leases are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         <S>                            <C>    

         1999                            $     2,177,440
         2000                                  1,913,822
         2001                                  1,967,214
         2002                                  2,033,577
         2003 and thereafter                  12,089,432
                                         ---------------
         Total                           $    20,181,485
                                         ===============
</TABLE>


         Rent expense for the years ended  December 31 1998,  1997, and 1996 was
$389,969, $114,673 and $4,399, respectively.

         The Company earns microwave telecommunication capacity revenue under an
  indefeasible  right of use (IRU) agreement dated December 1, 1998, of $137,000
  per  month  commencing  December  1998 and  expiring  on the  later of (i) the
  expiration  of the FPMA as to that site,  or (ii) ten years from the effective
  date of the agreement.  The IRU agreement provides for an increase in the rent
  receivable  commencing  on  December  1,  1999  and on  each  succeeding  year
  thereafter  to December 1, 2008,  by an amount equal to 4 per cent of the rent
  then in effect.

         In exchange for a non-compete agreement,  the Company has agreed to pay
a senior management employee a severance payment of $275,000, if such employee's
employment with the Company is terminated.

         As at  December  31,  1998,  the Company  had  capital  commitments  of
approximately  $28.0 million  relating to  telecommunications  and  transmission
equipment.

13.      INCOME TAXES

         The tax effect of temporary  differences  that give rise to significant
portions of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 1998 and 1997, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               December 31,
                                                           1998            1997
                                                           ----            ----
     <S>                                            <C>                 <C>        
     Deferred revenue                               $          949      $   117,000
     Capitalized start-up costs                          1,370,937        1,271,227
     Capitalized research and development costs             66,111           79,333
     Net operating loss carryforward.                   15,325,484          754,458
                                                    --------------      -----------
                                                        16,763,481        2,222,018
     Less valuation allowance                          (16,763,481)      (2,222,018)
                                                    --------------     ------------
     Net deferred tax asset                         $           --      $        --
                                                    ==============      ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

         Capitalized  costs represent  expenses incurred in the organization and
start-up of the Company. For federal income tax purposes,  these costs are being
amortized over sixty months.

         The ultimate  realization  of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the
generation  of future  taxable  income in the periods in which  those  temporary
differences  are  deductible.  The  Company has  provided a valuation  allowance
against  its  deferred  tax  assets as they are  long-term  in nature  and their
ultimate realization cannot be determined.



                                      F-23






                                                                     Exhibit 3.1
                                                                     -----------

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                      RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                  PATHNET, INC.


           =========================================================
           Adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of
              the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
           =========================================================


                  We,  William  R.  Smedberg,  V, Vice  President,  Finance  and
Corporate Development, and Michael A. Lubin, Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary,  of Pathnet,  Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by
virtue  of  the  General   Corporation   Law  of  the  State  of  Delaware  (the
"Corporation"), DO HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

                  FIRST:  The  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation is hereby  amended by deleting the current  Section 10 thereof it in
its entirety and renumbering Section 11 as new Section 10.

                  SECOND:  This  Amendment  has been duly adopted in  accordance
with the provisions of Section 242 of the General  Corporation  Law of the State
of Delaware.


<PAGE>


                  IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   the   Corporation   has  caused  this
Certificate to be signed by William R. Smedberg, V, Vice President,  Finance and
Corporate  Development,  and  attested to by Michael A. Lubin,  Vice  President,
General Counsel and Secretary, on this 8th day of December, 1998.

                                  PATHNET, INC.



                                               By: /s/ William R. Smedberg, V
                                                 ----------------------------
                                               William R. Smedberg, V
                                               Vice President,
                                               Finance and Corporate Development



ATTEST:


By: /s/ Michael A. Lubin
    ---------------------
     Michael A. Lubin
     Vice President,
     General Counsel and Secretary





<PAGE>



                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                  PATHNET, INC.



                  Pathnet,  Inc., a corporation duly incorporated under the laws
of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

                                                                            
                                                                            
                   FIRST:  The name of the  corporation  is Pathnet,  Inc.  (the
"Corporation"). The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was
filed  with  the  Secretary  of State of the  State of  Delaware  on 25th day of
August, 1995, under the name PathNet, Inc.

                  SECOND: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
has been duly adopted in  accordance  with  Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law (the "General Corporation Law").

                   THIRD: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
hereby  restates,  integrates and amends the  Certificate of  Incorporation,  as
amended, of the Corporation as follows:

                  1. NAME. The name of the  corporation  is PATHNET,  INC. (the
"Corporation").     

                  2. ADDRESS;  REGISTERED  OFFICE AND AGENT.  The address of the
Corporation's  registered  office is 1013 Centre  Road,  Wilmington,  New Castle
County,  Delaware 19805. The name of its registered agent at such address is The
Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

                  3. PURPOSE.  The purpose of the  Corporation  is to engage in,
carry on and conduct any lawful act or activity  for which  corporations  may be
organized under the General Corporation Law.

                  4. NUMBER OF SHARES.  The total number of shares of stock that
the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 75,470,595, divided as follows:
10,000,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock,  par  value of $0.01  per  share  (the
"Preferred  Stock"),  1,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock,
par value of $0.01 per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"),  1,651,046 shares
of Series B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  par  value of $0.01 per share  (the
"Series B Preferred Stock"),  2,819,549 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred
Stock,  par value of $0.01 per  share  (the  "Series  C  Preferred  Stock,"  and
together with the Series A Preferred Stock and the 

<PAGE>

                                                                            
Series B Preferred Stock, the "Series Preferred  Stock");  and 60,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, par value of $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock").

                  5.  DESIGNATION  OF  CLASSES;   RELATIVE   RIGHTS,   ETC.  The
designation,  relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each
class are as follows:

                  5.1  PREFERRED  STOCK.  The shares of Preferred  Stock may be
issued from time to time in one or more series of any number of shares, provided
that the aggregate  number of shares issued and not canceled of any and all such
series  shall  not  exceed  the  total  number  of  shares  of  Preferred  Stock
hereinabove  authorized,  and with  such  powers,  preferences  and  rights  and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and such distinctive serial
designations,  all as shall  hereafter be stated and expressed in the resolution
or  resolutions  providing for the issue of such shares of Preferred  Stock from
time to time adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of
Directors")  pursuant to authority so to do which is hereby  vested in the Board
of Directors.  Each series of shares of Preferred Stock (a) may have such voting
rights or powers,  full or limited,  or may be without  voting rights or powers;
(b) may be subject to redemption  at such time or times and at such prices;  (c)
may be entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative)
at such rate or rates,  on such  conditions  and at such  times,  and payable in
preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends  payable on any other class
or classes or series of stock;  (d) may have such rights upon the  voluntary  or
involuntary liquidation,  winding up or dissolution of, or upon any distribution
of the  assets  of,  the  Corporation;  (e)  may be  made  convertible  into  or
exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of
the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation at such price
or prices or at such rates of  exchange  and with such  adjustments;  (f) may be
entitled  to the  benefit of a sinking  fund to be applied  to the  purchase  or
redemption  of shares  of such  series in such  amount  or  amounts;  (g) may be
entitled to the benefit of  conditions  and  restrictions  upon the  creation of
indebtedness  of the  Corporation  or any  subsidiary,  upon  the  issue  of any
additional  shares  (including  additional shares of such series or of any other
series) and upon the payment of dividends  or the making of other  distributions
on, and the purchase,  redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation or any
subsidiary of, any  outstanding  shares of the Corporation and (h) may have such
other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications,
limitations or restrictions  thereof;  all as shall be stated in said resolution
or resolutions providing for the issue of such shares of Preferred Stock. Any of
the  voting  powers,  designations,   preferences,  rights  and  qualifications,
limitations or  restrictions  of any such series of Preferred  Stock may be made
dependent  upon facts  ascertainable  outside of the  resolution or  resolutions
providing  for the  issue  of such  Preferred  Stock  adopted  by the  Board  of
Directors  pursuant to the authority vested in it by this Section 5.1,  provided
that the manner in which  such  facts  shall  operate  upon the  voting  powers,
designations,   preferences,   rights   and   qualifications,   limitations   or
restrictions  of such series of  Preferred  Stock is clearly and  expressly  set
forth in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such Preferred
Stock.  The term "facts" as used in the next  preceding  sentence shall have the
meaning given to it in Section 151(a) of the General  Corporation Law. Shares of
Preferred  Stock of any series  that have been  redeemed  (whether  through  the
operation  of  a  sinking  fund  or  otherwise)  or  that  if   

<PAGE>
                                                                               5

convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of
any other  class or classes  shall have the status of  authorized  and  unissued
shares of  Preferred  Stock  undesignated  as to series and may be reissued as a
part of the  series  of which  they were  originally  a part or as part of a new
series of shares of Preferred  Stock to be created by resolution or  resolutions
of the Board of  Directors or as part of any other series of shares of Preferred
Stock,  all subject to the conditions or  restrictions  on issuance set forth in
the  resolution or resolutions  adopted by the Board of Directors  providing for
the issue of any series of shares of Preferred Stock.

                   5.2 COMMON STOCK. Subject to the provisions of any applicable
law or of the  Bylaws  of the  Corporation,  as from time to time  amended  (the
"Bylaws"),  with respect to the closing of the transfer books or the fixing of a
record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote and except as
otherwise  provided herein with respect to any shares of Series Preferred Stock,
by law or by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series
of shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding  shares of Common Stock
shall exclusively possess voting power for the election of directors and for all
other  purposes,  each holder of record of shares of Common Stock being entitled
to one vote for each share of Common  Stock  standing  in his or her name on the
books of the  Corporation.  Except as otherwise  provided herein with respect to
any  shares  of  Series  Preferred  Stock or by the  resolution  or  resolutions
providing for the issue of any series of shares of Preferred  Stock, the holders
of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled,  to the exclusion of the holders of
shares of Preferred  Stock of any and all series,  to receive such  dividends as
from time to time may be declared by the Board of Directors. In the event of any
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or
involuntary,  after payment shall have been made to the holders of shares of any
Series  Preferred Stock and any Preferred Stock of the full amount to which they
shall  be  entitled  pursuant  to  this  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or the resolution or  resolutions  providing for the issue of any
series of shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall
be entitled, to the exclusion of the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock
and Preferred Stock of any and all series,  to share,  ratably  according to the
number of shares of Common Stock held by them,  in all  remaining  assets of the
Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

                  5.3      SERIES PREFERRED STOCK.

                           5.3.1    SHARES.

                                    (a)     AUTHORIZED SHARES.  The Corporation
shall have  authority to issue Five Million Four Hundred  Seventy  Thousand Five
Hundred  Ninety-Five  (5,470,595) shares of Series Preferred Stock, of which One
Million (1,000,000) shares shall be designated the Series A Preferred Stock, One
Million Six Hundred  Fifty One Thousand  Forty Six  (1,651,046)  shares shall be
designated the Series B Preferred  

<PAGE>
                                                                               6

Stock and Two Million Eight Hundred  Nineteen  Thousand Five Hundred  Forty-Nine
(2,819,549) shares shall be designated as the Series C Preferred Stock.

                                    (b)     DIVIDENDS. The holders of the Series
Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to receive,  out of funds  legally  available
therefor,  dividends  (other than dividends paid in additional  shares of Common
Stock) in  preference to and at the same rate as dividends are paid with respect
to the Common  Stock  (treating  each share of Series  Preferred  Stock as being
equal to the  number of shares of Common  Stock  into  which  each such share of
Series Preferred Stock could be converted  pursuant to the provisions of Section
5.3.4  hereof,  with  such  number  determined  as of the  record  date  for the
determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend).

                           5.3.2    LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

                                    (a)     DISTRIBUTIONS TO HOLDERS  OF  SERIES
PREFERRED STOCK. In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Series A Preferred Stock,
the Series B Preferred  Stock and the Series C  Preferred  Stock shall rank on a
parity with each other and shall rank prior to the Common  Stock or any class of
stock  ranking  junior to the Series  Preferred  Stock.  Upon such  liquidation,
holders of each share of Series Preferred Stock outstanding shall be entitled to
be paid,  out of the assets of the  Corporation  available for  distribution  to
stockholders and before any payment shall be made to the holders of any class of
Common  Stock or of any  stock  ranking  on  liquidation  junior  to the  Series
Preferred Stock, an amount in cash equal to the original  purchase price paid by
such holder for each such share of Series  Preferred  Stock held  (appropriately
adjusted for stock splits,  stock  dividends and the like) plus any declared but
unpaid dividends thereon. If upon any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the  Corporation,  the  assets to be  distributed  to the  holders of the Series
Preferred  Stock under the foregoing  sentence shall be  insufficient  to permit
payment to such stockholders of the full preferential  amounts  aforesaid,  then
all of the assets of the Corporation  available for distribution to such holders
under such sentence shall be distributed  among the holders of Series  Preferred
Stock,  pro rata in accordance  with the total amount of preference  which would
have been  payable to such  holders if funds had been  available to pay the full
preference under the previous sentence.  After such payment shall have been made
in full to such holders of Series  Preferred  Stock, or funds necessary for such
payment shall have been set aside by the Corporation in trust for the account of
such  holders  so as to be  available  for  such  payment,  the  holders  of the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock and any class of stock ranking junior to the
Series  Preferred Stock shall share ratably in the distribution of the remaining
assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to shareholders.

                                    (b)     DEEMED LIQUIDATIONS.  In the case of
(i) a consolidation or merger of the Corporation  (other than a consolidation or
merger  upon 

<PAGE>

                                                                               7

consummation  of which the  holders  of  voting  securities  of the  Corporation
immediately  prior to such  transaction,  continue to own directly or indirectly
not less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving  corporation) or a
sale of all or  substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Corporation  or other
similar   transaction  and  (ii)  either  receipt  by  the  Corporation  of  (x)
consideration  less  than the  equivalent  of  $1.00  per  share  (appropriately
adjusted for stock splits,  stock  dividends and the like) of Series A Preferred
Stock plus any declared but unpaid dividends,  (y)  consideration  less than the
equivalent of $3.28 per share  (appropriately  adjusted for stock splits,  stock
dividends and the like) of Series B Preferred Stock plus any declared but unpaid
dividends,  or (z)  consideration  less than the  equivalent of $10.64 per share
(appropriately  adjusted  for stock  splits,  stock  dividends  and the like) of
Series C Preferred  Stock plus any  declared  but unpaid  dividends,  such event
shall be  regarded,  at the  option of the  holders  of a  majority  of the then
outstanding  shares of Series Preferred Stock, as a liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up of the affairs of the Corporation  within the meaning of this Section
5.3.2.

                                    Notwithstanding the  foregoing, each  holder
of Series  Preferred  Stock  shall have the right to elect the  benefits  of the
provisions  of  Section  5.3.4(h)  hereof  in  lieu  of  receiving   payment  in
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up of the  Corporation  pursuant  to this
Section 5.3.2(b). For purposes of this Section 5.3.2 and Section 5.3.6 hereof, a
sale of  substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation  shall mean (x) the
sale or other  disposition other than in the ordinary course of business of more
than 50% of such assets, as determined by reference to either (A) the book value
or (B) the fair market  value,  of such  assets,  or (y) any  issuance of Common
Stock by the  Corporation  or transfer of Common Stock by the holder  thereof to
any person or persons acting in concert or a group of affiliated persons,  which
issuance or transfer  results in such person or persons or group  holding in the
aggregate more than 50% of the issued and outstanding  Common Stock after giving
effect to such issuance or transfer.



<PAGE>


                                    (c)     NON-CASH DISTRIBUTIONS. In the event
of a liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Corporation resulting in the
availability  of assets other than cash for  distribution  to the holders of the
Series  Preferred  Stock,  the  holders of the Series  Preferred  Stock shall be
entitled  to a  distribution  of  cash  and/or  assets  equal  in  value  to the
liquidation  preference and other distribution rights stated in Section 5.3.2(a)
and Section 5.3.2(b) hereof.  In the event that such distribution to the holders
of the Series  Preferred  Stock shall  include any assets  other than cash,  the
following  provisions shall govern. The Board of Directors shall first determine
the value of such  assets for such  purpose,  and shall  notify  all  holders of
shares of Series Preferred Stock of such determination. The value of such assets
for purposes of the distribution  under this Section 5.3.2(c) shall be the value
as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and with due care,  unless
the holders of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of Series  Preferred Stock
shall object thereto in writing within 15 days after the date of such notice. In
the event of such  objection,  the valuation of such

<PAGE>

                                                                               8

assets for purposes of such  distribution  shall be  determined by an arbitrator
selected by the objecting  stockholders  and the Board of  Directors,  or in the
event a single arbitrator cannot be agreed upon within 10 days after the written
objection  sent by the objecting  stockholders  in accordance  with the previous
sentence,  the valuation of such assets shall be determined  by  arbitration  in
which (i) the objecting stockholders shall name in their notice of objection one
arbitrator, (ii) the Board of Directors shall name a second arbitrator within 15
days from the receipt of such notice,  (iii) the two  arbitrators  thus selected
shall select a third arbitrator  within 15 days  thereafter,  and (iv) the three
arbitrators thus selected shall determine the valuation of such assets within 15
days thereafter for purposes of such distribution by majority vote. The costs of
such  arbitration  shall be borne by the  Corporation  or by the  holders of the
Series  Preferred  Stock  (on a pro  rata  basis  out  of the  assets  otherwise
distributable  to them) as follows:  (i) if the  valuation as  determined by the
arbitrators  is greater than 95% of the  valuation as determined by the Board of
Directors,  the holders of the Series Preferred Stock shall pay the costs of the
arbitration,  and (ii) otherwise,  the  Corporation  shall bear the costs of the
arbitration.

                           5.3.3    VOTING RIGHTS.

                                    (a)     GENERAL.     Except  as  otherwise 
expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holder of each share of the
Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on any matters presented to the
holders of the Common Stock.  Each share of Series Preferred Stock shall entitle
the holder  thereof to such  number of votes per share as shall equal the number
of shares of Common  Stock into which  such share of Series  Preferred  Stock is
convertible  in accordance  with the terms of Section 5.3.4 hereof at the record
date for the  determination of stockholders  entitled to vote on such matter or,
if no record date is established,  at the date such vote is taken or any written
consent of stockholders  is solicited.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided
herein (including,  without limitation,  the provisions of Section 5.3.6 hereof)
or as required by law, the holders of shares of Series  Preferred  Stock and the
Common Stock shall vote  together as a single class on any matters  presented to
the holders of the Common Stock.

                                    (b)     BOARD OF DIRECTORS.


                                            (i)      INVESTOR DIRECTORS.  The
holders of the Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled to vote as a class
separately  from all other classes of stock of the  Corporation  in any vote for
the election of directors of the Corporation,  and shall be entitled to elect by
such class vote two directors (the "Series A Investor Directors"),  one of which
Series A Investor Directors to be designated by Spectrum Equity Investors,  L.P.
("Spectrum")  for so long as it owns  shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock and
thereafter by the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding  shares of
Series A  Preferred  Stock,  and the other to be  designated  by New  Enterprise
Associates VI, Limited  Partnership or its affiliates  (collectively,  "NEA VI")

<PAGE>

                                                                               9

for so long as it owns shares of Series A Preferred  Stock and thereafter by the
holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock.  The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote as
a class  separately  from all other classes of stock of the  Corporation  in any
vote for the election of directors of the Corporation,  and shall be entitled to
elect by such class vote one director  (the "Series B Investor  Director") to be
designated by Grotech  Capital  Group IV, LLC  ("Grotech  IV") for so long as it
owns  shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock and  thereafter  by the  holders of a
majority of the issued and outstanding  shares of Series B Preferred  Stock. The
holders of the Series C  Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled to vote as a class
separately  from all other classes of stock of the  Corporation  in any vote for
the election of directors of the Corporation,  and shall be entitled to elect by
such class vote one director (the "Series C Investor Director") to be designated
by the  holders of a majority of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Series C
Preferred  Stock;  provided,  however,  that if the holders of a majority of the
issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock designate for election
as the  Series  C  Investor  Director  an  individual  who is not a  partner  or
associate  of a Series C  Investor  or an entity  under  substantially  the same
management as a Series C Investor,  such designee shall be elected as a director
only with the vote of a majority  of the Common  Stock  Directors  and  Investor
Directors,  voting together.  Initially,  the Series C Investor Director will be
designated  by Toronto  Dominion  Capital  (U.S.A.),  Inc. In no event shall the
Series C Investor  Director  be (i) a partner or  associate  of  Spectrum  or an
entity  under  substantially  the same  management  as  Spectrum  for so long as
Spectrum has designation  rights under this Section 5.5.3(a),  (ii) a partner or
associate of NEA VI or an entity under  substantially the same management as NEA
VI for so long as NEA VI has designation rights under this Section 5.3.3(a), and
(iii) a partner or associate of Grotech IV or an entity under  substantially the
same management as Grotech IV for so long as Grotech IV has  designation  rights
under this Section 5.3.3(a).

                                            (ii)     COMMON STOCK DIRECTORS. For
so long as any Series Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the holders of Common
Stock shall be entitled to vote as a class  separately from all other classes in
any vote for the election of directors of the Corporation, and shall be entitled
to elect by such class vote two directors (the "Common Stock Directors").

                                            (iii)    APPOINTMENT OF CHIEF 
EXECUTIVE  OFFICER/OFFICER  DIRECTOR. Upon the termination or resignation of the
Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the Corporation will select and hire
a  successor  Chief  Executive  Officer  (and  any  successor  thereto)  by  the
affirmative  vote of a majority  of the  Common  Stock  Directors,  the Series A
Investor  Directors,  the Series B Investor  Director  and the Series C Investor
Director,  voting together.  The Chief Executive Officer (and any replacement or
successor Chief Executive  Officer) as so selected and hired shall be elected to
the  Corporation's  Board of  Directors  by the holders of the Series  Preferred
Stock and the Common  Stock  voting  together  as a single  class (the  "Officer
Director").  David  Schaeffer  may  serve  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  of the

<PAGE>

                                                                              10

Corporation in the  discretion of the Board of Directors,  but in no event shall
David Schaeffer be elected as the Officer Director.

                                            (iv)     REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.  The 
removal of any director of the  Corporation  shall be as set forth in the Bylaws
of the Corporation.

                                    (c)     SPECIAL VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders
of the Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the special voting rights set
forth in Section 5.3.6 hereof.

                           5.3.4    CONVERSION.  The holders of the Series 
Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights:

                                    (a)     RIGHT TO CONVERT.  Subject to and in
compliance  with the provisions of this Section 5.3.4,  any shares of the Series
Preferred  Stock  may,  at any time or from  time to time at the  option  of the
holder, be converted into fully-paid and non-assessable  shares of Common Stock.
The number of shares of Common  Stock to which a holder of the Series  Preferred
Stock  shall be  entitled  upon  conversion  shall be the  product  obtained  by
multiplying the Applicable  Conversion  Rate  (determined as provided in Section
5.3.4(c)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred Stock being converted.

                                    (b)     AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.

                                            (i)      Each  share  of  the Series
Preferred Stock outstanding shall  automatically be converted into the number of
shares of Common Stock into which such shares are convertible  upon  application
of the then  effective  Applicable  Conversion  Rate  (determined as provided in
Section  5.3.4(c))  immediately  upon  the  closing  of an  underwritten  public
offering  pursuant to an effective  registration  statement under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or under such other applicable  securities  regulations
covering the offer and sale of capital  stock of the  Corporation  (other than a
registration  relating  solely  to Rule 145  under  such  Act (or any  successor
thereto) or to an employee  benefit  plan of the  Corporation)  (i)  immediately
prior to the  consummation  of which,  the  Corporation  is valued (based on the
per-share price paid in such public offering, but without regard to any proceeds
to be received by the Company in connection  with such offering) at greater than
$50,000,000, (ii) in which the gross proceeds received by the Corporation exceed
$20,000,000,  and (iii) in which the  Corporation  uses a nationally  recognized
underwriter  approved  by  holders  of a  majority  in  interest  of the  Series
Preferred Stock (a "Qualified Public Offering").

                                           (ii)     Upon the occurrence of an 
event  specified  in  Section  5.3.4(b)(i),  the  outstanding  shares  of Series
Preferred Stock shall be converted  automatically  without any further action by
the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such
shares are  surrendered  to the  Corporation  or its transfer  agent;  provided,
however,  that the  Corporation  shall not be  

<PAGE>

                                                                              11

obligated  to issue  certificates  evidencing  such  shares of the Common  Stock
unless  certificates  evidencing such shares of the Series Preferred Stock being
converted are either  delivered to the  Corporation  or any transfer  agent,  as
hereinafter  provided,  or the holder  notifies the  Corporation or any transfer
agent, as hereinafter provided, that such certificates have been lost, stolen or
destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify
the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith.

                                            Upon the occurrence of the automatic
conversion of all of the outstanding  Series Preferred Stock, the holders of the
Series Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares
at the office of the  Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Common Stock.
Thereupon,  there shall be issued and delivered to each such holder, promptly at
such  office  and in his  name as  shown  on  such  surrendered  certificate  or
certificates,  a certificate or certificates  for the number of shares of Common
Stock  into  which the shares of the Series  Preferred  Stock  surrendered  were
convertible on the date on which such automatic  conversion occurred and cash as
provided  in Section  5.3.4(k)  below in respect of any  fraction  of a share of
Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion.

                                    (c)     APPLICABLE CONVERSION RATE.  The 
conversion  rate in  effect  at any time for the  applicable  series  of  Series
Preferred  Stock (the  "Applicable  Conversion  Rate")  shall equal the quotient
obtained by dividing $1.00 in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, $3.28 in the
case of Series B Preferred Stock or $10.64 in the case of the Series C Preferred
Stock by the Applicable Conversion Value, calculated as hereinafter provided.

                                    (d)     APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE.  The
Applicable  Conversion  Value in effect  initially,  and until first adjusted in
accordance with Section 5.3.4(e) or Section  5.3.4(f) hereof,  shall be $1.00 in
the case of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  $3.28 in the case of Series B Preferred
Stock and $10.64 in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock.

                                    (e)     ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK
DIVIDENDS,  SUBDIVIDENDS  AND  COMBINATIONS  OF  COMMON  STOCK,  ETC.  Upon  the
happening  of any of the  following:  (i) the issuance of  additional  shares of
Common  Stock of any class as a dividend or other  distribution  of  outstanding
Common Stock, (ii) the subdivision of outstanding  shares of Common Stock of any
class into a greater number of shares of Common Stock,  or (iii) the combination
of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of any class  into a smaller  number of
shares of  Common  Stock  (each an  "Extraordinary  Common  Stock  Event"),  the
Applicable  Conversion  Value shall,  simultaneously  with the happening of such
Extraordinary  Common  Stock Event,  be adjusted by dividing the then  effective
Applicable  Conversion Value by a fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  (excluding  treasury 

<PAGE>

                                                                              12

stock)  immediately  after  such  Extraordinary   Common  Stock  Event  and  the
denominator  of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding
(excluding treasury stock) immediately prior to such Extraordinary  Common Stock
Event,  and  the  quotient  so  obtained  shall  thereafter  be  the  Applicable
Conversion  Value.  The Applicable  Conversion  Value, as so adjusted,  shall be
readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any successive Extraordinary
Common Stock Event or Events.

                                    (f)    ADJUSTMENTS FOR DILUTING ISSUES.

                                          (i)      Except as provided in
Section  5.3.4(e)  above or for  Excluded  Shares  (as  defined  below),  if the
Corporation  shall issue any additional  shares of Common Stock of any class for
no  consideration  or at a price per share less than the  Applicable  Conversion
Value in effect for each applicable series of Series Preferred Stock immediately
prior  to such  issuance  or  sale,  then  in each  such  case  such  Applicable
Conversion Value shall be reduced to such lower price.

                                          For purposes of this Section 5.3.4(f),
"Excluded  Shares"  shall mean (i) shares  issued or delivered  from treasury or
stock  options (and shares of Common  Stock  issued upon the  exercise  thereof)
granted by the  Corporation,  with the  approval of the Board of  Directors,  to
directors,  officers, employees, agents or consultants of the Corporation for up
to an aggregate  of 1,325,212  shares of the Common Stock (as adjusted for stock
splits,  stock  dividends  and the like);  (ii)  warrants to purchase  shares of
Common Stock (and any shares of Common  Stock issued upon the exercise  thereof)
issued by the  Corporation  in  connection  with the  Corporation's  offering of
units,  each such unit  consisting  of $1,000  principal  amount at  maturity of
Senior Notes due 2008 (the "Notes") of the  Corporation and warrants to purchase
shares of Common Stock;  and (iii)  warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock
(and any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise  thereof) issued by the
Corporation  in  connection  with the credit  facilities  among the  Corporation
and/or its subsidiaries, its equipment vendors and certain other senior lenders.

                                          For purposes of this Section 5.3.4(f),
if a part or all of the consideration  received by the Corporation in connection
with the  issuance of shares of the Common  Stock or the  issuance of any of the
securities  described below in paragraph (ii) of this Section 5.3.4(f)  consists
of property other than cash, such consideration shall be deemed to have the same
value as is determined by the  Corporation's  Board of Directors with respect to
receipt of such property so long as such  determination  was made reasonably and
in good faith,  and shall  otherwise be deemed to have a value equal to its fair
market value.

                                          (ii)     For the purpose of this 
Section 5.3.4(f), the issuance of any warrants, options or other subscription or
purchase  rights  with  respect  to shares of Common  Stock of any class and the
issuance of any securities  convertible into shares of Common Stock of any class
(or the  issuance of any  warrants,  options or any rights with  respect to such
convertible  securities) shall be deemed an issuance at such time of such Common
Stock  if  the  Net  Consideration  Per  Share  which  may  be  received  by the
Corporation for such Common Stock (as hereinafter determined) shall 

<PAGE>

                                                                              13

be less than the Applicable  Conversion  Value at the time of such issuance and,
except as hereinafter provided, an adjustment in the Applicable Conversion Value
shall be made upon each such issuance in the manner provided in paragraph (i) of
this  Section  5.3.4(f)  as if  such  Common  Stock  were  issued  at  such  Net
Consideration Per Share. No adjustment of the Applicable  Conversion Value shall
be made under this Section  5.3.4(f) upon the issuance of any additional  shares
of Common  Stock  which are issued  pursuant to the  exercise  of any  warrants,
options or other  subscription or purchase rights or pursuant to the exercise of
any  conversion  or  exchange  rights  in  any  convertible  securities  if  any
adjustment  shall  previously have been made upon the issuance of such warrants,
options or other rights. Any adjustment of the Applicable  Conversion Value with
respect to this paragraph (ii) of this Section 5.3.4(f) shall be disregarded if,
as and when the  rights to  acquire  shares of Common  Stock  upon  exercise  or
conversion of the warrants, options, rights or convertible securities which gave
rise to such adjustment expire or are canceled without having been exercised, so
that  the  Applicable   Conversion   Value  effective   immediately   upon  such
cancellation or expiration shall be equal to the Applicable  Conversion Value in
effect  immediately prior to the time of the issuance of the expired or canceled
warrants,  options,  rights or  convertible  securities,  with  such  additional
adjustments as would have been made to that Applicable  Conversion Value had the
expired or canceled warrants, options, rights or convertible securities not been
issued;  provided,   however,  that  no  such  readjustment  of  the  Applicable
Conversion  Value shall have the effect of increasing the Applicable  Conversion
Value to an amount  which  exceeds  the lower of (x) the  Applicable  Conversion
Value on the original  adjustment  date, or (y) the Applicable  Conversion Value
that would have  resulted from any issuance of any  additional  shares of Common
Stock  pursuant to such  warrants,  options,  rights or  convertible  securities
between the original  adjustment date and such  readjustment  date. In the event
that the terms of any warrants,  options,  other subscription or purchase rights
or  convertible  securities  previously  issued by the  Corporation  are changed
(whether  by their  terms  or for any  other  reason)  so as to  change  the Net
Consideration  Per  Share  payable  with  respect  thereto  (whether  or not the
issuance of such warrants,  options, rights or convertible securities originally
gave rise to an adjustment of the Applicable  Conversion  Value), the Applicable
Conversion Value shall be recomputed as of the date of such change,  so that the
Applicable  Conversion  Value  effective  immediately  upon such change shall be
equal to the Applicable  Conversion  Value in effect at the time of the issuance
of the  warrants,  options,  rights or  convertible  securities  subject to such
change,  adjusted for the issuance  thereof in accordance with the terms thereof
after giving  effect to such change,  and with such  additional  adjustments  as
would  have  been made to that  Applicable  Conversion  Value had the  warrants,
options, rights or convertible securities been issued on such changed terms. For
purposes of this paragraph  (ii), the Net  Consideration  Per Share which may be
received by the Corporation shall be determined as follows:

                                                     (A)   The Net Consideration
Per Share shall mean the amount equal to the total amount of  consideration,  if
any,  received by the  Corporation  for the issuance of such warrants,  options,
rights or convertible securities,  plus the minimum amount of consideration,  if
any, payable to the 

<PAGE>

                                                                              14

Corporation upon exercise or conversion thereof, divided by the aggregate number
of shares of Common  Stock that would be issued if all such  warrants,  options,
subscriptions, or other purchase rights or convertible securities were exercised
or converted at such net consideration per share.

                                                     (B) The  Net  Consideration
Per Share which may be received by the Corporation  shall be determined in  each
instance as of the date of issuance of warrants,  options, rights or convertible
securities  without  giving effect to any possible  future price  adjustments or
rate adjustments which may be applicable with respect to such warrants, options,
rights or convertible  securities  and which are contingent  upon future events;
provided that in the case of an adjustment to be made as a result of a change in
terms of such  warrants,  options,  rights or  convertible  securities,  the Net
Consideration Per Share shall be determined as of the date of such change.

                                    (g)     ADJUSTMENTS FOR RECLASSIFICATION. If
the Common Stock  issuable  upon the  conversion of the Series  Preferred  Stock
shall be  changed  into the same or  different  number of shares of any class or
classes of stock,  whether  by  reclassification  or  otherwise  (other  than an
Extraordinary Common Stock Event, or a reorganization,  merger, consolidation or
sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section  5.3.4),  then and in each
such  event the holder of each share of Series  Preferred  Stock  shall have the
right  thereafter  to  convert  such share into the kind and amount of shares of
stock and other  securities and property  receivable  upon such  reorganization,
reclassification  or other  change by  holders of the number of shares of Common
Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred Stock might have been converted
immediately  prior  to such  reorganization,  reclassification  or  change,  all
subject  to  further  adjustment  as  provided  herein.   Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing,  the Applicable Conversion Rate, as defined in this
Section 5.3.4,  in respect of such other shares or securities so receivable upon
conversion of shares of Series Preferred Stock shall thereafter be adjusted, and
shall be  subject to further  adjustment  from time to time,  in a manner and on
terms as nearly  equivalent as  practicable  to the  provisions  with respect to
Common Stock  contained  in this Section  5.3.4,  and the  remaining  provisions
herein with respect to the Common Stock shall apply on like or similar  terms to
any such other shares or securities.

                                    (h)     ADJUSTMENTS FOR REORGANIZATIONS.  If
at any time or from time to time there shall be a capital  reorganization of the
Common  Stock  (other  than  a  subdivision,  combination,  reclassification  or
exchange of shares  provided for elsewhere in this Section 5.3.4) or a merger or
consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale of
all or substantially all of the Corporation's properties and assets to any other
person,  then,  as a part of and as a  condition  to the  effectiveness  of such
reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or sale,  lawful and adequate  provision
shall be made so that if the Corporation is not the surviving  corporation,  the
Series  Preferred Stock shall be converted into preferred stock of the surviving
corporation having equivalent preferences,  rights and privileges except that in
lieu of 

<PAGE>

                                                                              15

being able to convert  into  shares of Common  Stock of the  Corporation  or the
successor  corporation the holders of the Series  Preferred Stock (including any
such preferred stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred Stock) shall
thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series  Preferred Stock
(including  any such  preferred  stock  issued  upon  conversion  of the  Series
Preferred  Stock) the number of shares of stock or other  securities or property
of the Corporation or of the successor corporation resulting from such merger or
consolidation or sale, to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock
deliverable upon conversion of the Series Preferred Stock  immediately  prior to
the  capital  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation  or sale  would  have been
entitled on such capital reorganization,  merger, consolidation, or sale. In any
such case,  appropriate  provisions  shall be made with respect to the rights of
the holders of the Series  Preferred  Stock  (including any such preferred stock
issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred Stock) after the  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation  or sale to the end that the  provisions  of this Section
5.3.4  (including,   without  limitation,   provisions  for  adjustment  of  the
Applicable Conversion Value and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion
of the Series  Preferred  Stock or such  preferred  stock) shall  thereafter  be
applicable, as nearly as may be, with respect to any shares of stock, securities
or  assets  to be  deliverable  thereafter  upon the  conversion  of the  Series
Preferred Stock or such preferred stock.

                                    Each holder of Series Preferred Stock upon 
the  occurrence  of a capital  reorganization,  merger or  consolidation  of the
Corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets and properties
as such events are more fully set forth in the first  paragraph  of this Section
5.3.4(h),  shall have the option of electing  treatment  of his shares of Series
Preferred Stock under either this Section  5.3.4(h) or Section  5.3.2(b) hereof,
and except as  otherwise  provided  in said  Section  5.3.2(b),  notice of which
election  shall be  submitted  in writing to the  Corporation  at its  principal
offices no later than 10 days before the effective date of such event,  provided
that any such notice  shall be  effective  if given not later than 15 days after
the date of the Corporation's notice, pursuant to Section 5.3.8, with respect to
such event.

                                    (i)     CERTIFICATE AS TO ADJUSTMENTS.  In 
each case of an adjustment or  readjustment of the Applicable  Conversion  Rate,
the Corporation will promptly furnish each holder of Series Preferred Stock with
a  certificate,  prepared  by the chief  financial  officer of the  Corporation,
showing such  adjustment or  readjustment,  and stating in detail the facts upon
which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

                                    (j)     MECHANICS OF CONVERSION. To exercise
its conversion privilege, a holder of Series Preferred Stock shall surrender the
certificate  or  certificates  representing  the shares  being  converted to the
Corporation  at its  principal  office,  and shall  give  written  notice to the
Corporation at that office that such holder elects to convert such shares.  Such
notice shall also state the name or names (with  address or  addresses) in which
the  certificate or  certificates  for shares of Common Stock issuable upon such
conversion shall be issued. The certificate or 

<PAGE>

                                                                              16

certificates  for shares of Series  Preferred  Stock  surrendered for conversion
shall be  accompanied  by proper  assignment  thereof to the  Corporation  or in
blank. The date when such written notice is received by the Corporation together
with the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred
Stock  being  converted,   shall  be  the  "Conversion  Date."  As  promptly  as
practicable  after the Conversion  Date, the  Corporation  shall issue and shall
deliver to the holder of the shares of Series Preferred Stock being converted, a
certificate or certificates in such  denominations  as it may request in writing
for the number of full shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the  conversion of
such shares of Series  Preferred Stock in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 5.3.4 and cash as provided in Section  5.3.4(k)  below in respect of any
fraction  of a share  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  such  conversion.  Such
conversion shall be deemed to have been effected  immediately prior to the close
of business on the Conversion Date, and at such time the rights of the holder as
holder of the  converted  shares of Series  Preferred  Stock shall cease and the
person or persons in whose name or names any  certificate  or  certificates  for
shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to
have  become  the  holder or  holders  of  record  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
represented thereby.

                                    (k)     FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional 
shares of Common Stock or scrip  representing  fractional shares shall be issued
upon conversion of Series Preferred Stock.  Instead of any fractional  shares of
Common  Stock  that  would  otherwise  be  issuable  upon  conversion  of Series
Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of the shares of Series
Preferred  Stock  that were  converted  a cash  adjustment  in  respect  of such
fraction in an amount  equal to the same  fraction of the market price per share
of the Common Stock (as  determined in a manner  prescribed in good faith by the
Board of Directors) at the close of business on the Conversion Date.

                                    (l)     PARTIAL CONVERSION.  In the event
some but not all of the  shares  of  Series  Preferred  Stock  represented  by a
certificate  or  certificates   surrendered  by  a  holder  are  converted,  the
Corporation  shall execute and deliver to or on the order of the holder,  at the
expense of the Corporation,  a new certificate representing the number of shares
of Series Preferred Stock which were not converted.

                                    (m)     RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK.  The
Corporation  shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized
but unissued  shares of Common  Stock,  solely for the purpose of effecting  the
conversion  of the  shares of the Series  Preferred  Stock,  such  number of its
shares of Common  Stock as shall from time to time be  sufficient  to effect the
conversion of all outstanding  shares of the Series  Preferred  Stock, and if at
any time the number of authorized but unissued  shares of Common Stock shall not
be sufficient to effect the  conversion  of all then  outstanding  shares of the
Series Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may,
in the opinion of its  counsel,  be necessary  to increase  its  authorized  but
unissued  shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient
for such purpose.

<PAGE>

                                                                              17


                           5.3.5    REDEMPTION.

                                    (a)     OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

                                            (i)      OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF
SERIES A PREFERRED  STOCK AND SERIES B PREFERRED  STOCK. In the event that there
shall not have occurred a closing of a Qualified  Public Offering (as defined in
Section  5.3.4(b)  hereof)  prior to December 23,  2000,  at the election of any
holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or any holder of Series B Preferred
Stock outstanding as of December 24, 2000, the Corporation shall redeem all (but
not part) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock
then held by such holder.  Payment of the Series A Redemption  Price (as defined
below) to the  holders of Series A Preferred  Stock and the Series B  Redemption
Price (as defined  below) to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock,
shall be made by the  Corporation on January 23, 2001, for a cash price equal to
the  original  purchase  price paid by such  holders  for each share of Series A
Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock outstanding, adjusted for any stock
split,  combined  consolidation  or stock  distribution  or stock dividends with
respect to such  shares  (the  "Series A  Redemption  Price"  and the  "Series B
Redemption  Price,"  respectively).  On or  prior  to  December  24,  2000,  the
Corporation  shall give  written  notice (the  "Series A and Series B Redemption
Notice") by mail, postage prepaid, to the holders of the then outstanding shares
of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred Stock at the address of each
such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by such holder to
the  Corporation  for the  purpose of notice.  Such  notice  shall set forth the
Series A Redemption Price and the Series B Redemption Price, as the case may be,
and shall further state that any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or
Series B  Preferred  Stock who  intends  to request  redemption  of its Series A
Preferred  Stock or Series B  Preferred  Stock,  respectively,  pursuant to this
Section  5.3.5(a) must give written notice to the Corporation of its request for
redemption on or before  January 11, 2001.  On or after  January 11, 2001,  each
holder of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B  Preferred  Stock who
requested  that such  holder's  shares of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock be so redeemed,  shall surrender the certificate or certificates
evidencing  such shares to the  Corporation.  In the case of any  certificate or
certificates  which  have been  lost,  stolen or  destroyed,  the holder of such
certificate or certificates  shall make and deliver an affidavit of that fact to
the Corporation without the necessity of giving the Corporation a bond.

                                            (ii)     MANDATORY REDEMPTION OF 
SERIES A PREFERRED  STOCK AND SERIES B  PREFERRED  STOCK.  If after  sending the
Series A and Series B Redemption Notice,  the Corporation  receives requests for
redemption  on or  prior to  January  11,  2001  from  the  holders  of at least
sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred
Stock taken together,  it shall give written notice by mail, postage prepaid, to
the  holders of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred  Stock that all
shares  of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock and  Series B  Preferred  Stock  then
outstanding  will be redeemed  on January  23, 2001 (the  "Series A 
<PAGE>

                                                                              18

and Series B Redemption  Date") for a per share cash price equal to the Series A
Redemption  Price and the  Series B  Redemption  Price,  as the case may be. The
notice shall further call upon such holders to surrender to the  Corporation  on
or before the Series A and Series B Redemption  Date at the place  designated in
the notice such holder's certificate or certificates  representing the shares to
be redeemed.  On or after the Series A and Series B Redemption Date, each holder
of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred  Stock  called for
redemption  shall  surrender the  certificate or  certificates  evidencing  such
shares to the Corporation.  In the case of any certificate or certificates which
have  been  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed,  the  holder  of such  certificate  or
certificates shall make and deliver an affidavit of that fact to the Corporation
without the necessity of giving the Corporation a bond.

                                            (iii)    OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF
SERIES C PREFERRED  STOCK.  In the event there shall not have occurred a closing
of a Qualified  Public Offering (as defined in Section 5.3.4(b) hereof) prior to
November 3, 2001, at the election of each holder of shares of Series C Preferred
Stock  outstanding as of November 4, 2001, the Corporation shall redeem all (but
not part) of the shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock then held by such  holder.
Payment of the  applicable  Series C Redemption  Price (as defined below) to the
holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be made by the Corporation on December
3, 2001,  for a cash price  equal to the  original  purchase  price paid by such
holders for each share of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding, adjusted for any
stock split,  combined  consolidation  or stock  distribution or stock dividends
with respect to such shares (the "Series C  Redemption  Price").  On or prior to
November 4, 2001,  the  Corporation  shall give  written  notice (the  "Series C
Redemption  Notice")  by  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to the  holders  of the then
outstanding  shares  of Series C  Preferred  Stock at the  address  of each such
holder  appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by such holder to the
Corporation for the purpose of notice.  The Series C Redemption Notice shall set
forth the Series C Redemption  Price and shall  further state that any holder of
shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock who  intends to request  redemption  of its
Series C Preferred  Stock  pursuant to this Section  5.3.5(a)  must give written
notice to the  Corporation of its request for  redemption on or before  November
21,  2001.  On or after  December  3,  2001,  each  holder of shares of Series C
Preferred  Stock who requested  that such holder's  shares of Series C Preferred
Stock be so redeemed, shall surrender the certificate or certificates evidencing
such shares to the  Corporation.  In the case of any certificate or certificates
which have been lost,  stolen or destroyed,  the holder of such  certificate  or
certificates shall make and deliver an affidavit of that fact to the Corporation
without the necessity of giving the Corporation a bond.

                                            (iv)     MANDATORY REDEMPTION OF
SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK. If after sending the Series C Redemption  Notice,  the
Corporation  receives  requests for  redemption on or prior to November 21, 2001
from the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Series C Preferred
Stock, it shall give written notice by mail, postage prepaid,  to the holders of
Series C  Preferred  Stock  that all  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock  then
outstanding  will be  redeemed on  December  3,

<PAGE>

                                                                              19

2001 (the  "Series C  Redemption  Date") for a per share cash price equal to the
Series C Redemption  Price.  The notice shall  further call upon such holders to
surrender to the  Corporation  on or before the Series C Redemption  Date at the
place  designated  in the  notice  such  holder's  certificate  or  certificates
representing the shares to be redeemed on or after the Series C Redemption Date,
each holder of shares of Series C Preferred  Stock called for  redemption  shall
surrender  the  certificate  or  certificates  evidencing  such  shares  to  the
Corporation.  In the case of any  certificate  or  certificates  which have been
lost, stolen or destroyed,  the holder of such certificate or certificates shall
make and  deliver  an  affidavit  of that fact to the  Corporation  without  the
necessity of giving the Corporation a bond.

                                            (v)   EXTENSION OF REDEMPTION DATES.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  clauses  (i)  through  (iv),  in the  event any
indebtedness  under the Notes  remains  outstanding,  the  holders  of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock
shall not have the right to require the Corporation to redeem any of such shares
until ninety (90) days after the later of (x) the date on which such Notes shall
be indefeasibly paid in full and (y) the applicable Redemption Date.

                                    (b)     TERMINATION OF RIGHTS.  From and
after the Series A and Series B Redemption  Date or the Series C Redemption Date
(each a "Redemption  Date"),  as the case may be, unless there shall have been a
default in payment or tender by the Corporation of the Series A Redemption Price
and the Series B  Redemption  Price or the  Series C  Redemption  Price  (each a
"Redemption  Price"), as the case may be, all rights of the holders with respect
to such  redeemed  shares of the Series  Preferred  Stock  (except  the right to
receive the applicable  Redemption  Price upon  surrender or their  certificate)
shall cease and such shares shall not  thereafter be transferred on the books of
this Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

                                    (c)     INSUFFICIENT FUNDS.  If the funds of
the  Corporation  legally  available  for  redemption  of shares  of the  Series
Preferred Stock on the applicable Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the
total number of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred Stock
or Series C Preferred  Stock, as the case may be, on such  Redemption  Date, the
Corporation  will use its best  efforts to engage in a  recapitalization  or the
sale of its business or businesses to generate sufficient funds to redeem all of
the shares of the Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred  Stock or the
Series C Preferred  Stock, as the case may be. The  Corporation  shall use those
funds which are legally  available to redeem the maximum possible number of such
shares  ratably  among the  holders of such shares to be  redeemed.  At any time
thereafter  when additional  funds of the Corporation are legally  available for
the  redemption  of  shares of the  Series  Preferred  Stock,  such  funds  will
immediately  be used to redeem the balance of the shares  which the  Corporation
has become  obligated to redeem on the applicable  Redemption  Date but which it
has not redeemed at the applicable Redemption Price. If any shares of the Series
Preferred  Stock  are not  

<PAGE>

                                                                              20

redeemed for the foregoing reason or because the Corporation otherwise failed to
pay  or  tender  to  pay  the  aggregate  applicable  Redemption  Price  on  all
outstanding  shares of Series  Preferred  Stock,  all shares which have not been
redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences
provided  herein,  and the  Corporation  shall pay  interest  on the  applicable
Redemption Price for the unredeemed portion at an aggregate per annum rate equal
to the greater of (i) twelve  percent (12%) or (ii) the Base Rate or any similar
lending rate announced from time to time by The First National Bank of Boston or
any  successor  entity plus five percent (5%),  increased,  in each case, by one
percent (1%) at the end of each  calendar  quarter  thereafter.  All  provisions
hereof  are  hereby  expressly  limited  so  that  in no  contingency  or  event
whatsoever  shall the  amount  paid or agreed to be paid to the  holders  of the
Series  Preferred  Stock exceed the maximum amount which the holder is permitted
to receive under  applicable  law. If fulfillment of any provision  hereof shall
involve  exceeding  such  amount,  then the  obligation  to be  fulfilled  shall
automatically  be reduced to the limit of such maximum  amount.  As used herein,
the term  "applicable  law" shall mean the law in effect as of the date  hereof,
provided,  however,  that in the event  that  there is a change in the law which
results in a higher permissible rate of interest, then these provisions shall be
governed by such new law as of its effective date.

                           5.3.6    RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.  The
Corporation  shall not without the  affirmative  vote or written  consent of the
holders of a majority  of the then  outstanding  shares of the Series  Preferred
Stock:

                                    (i)    Redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire
for value (or pay into or set aside for a sinking  fund for such  purpose),  any
share or shares of Series  Preferred  Stock other than pursuant to Section 5.3.5
hereof;

                                    (ii) Redeem,  purchase or otherwise  acquire
for value (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such  purpose) any of
the  Common  Stock of any class or any other  capital  stock of the  Corporation
other  than the  Series  Preferred  Stock or any of the  Corporation's  options,
warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities, except that these provisions
will not prohibit the Corporation  from  repurchasing or redeeming any shares of
capital stock from  individuals  and entities who have entered into  stockholder
agreements,  stock option  agreements,  employment  agreements  or other similar
agreements  with the  Corporation  in each case  approved  by a majority  of the
Series A Investor  Directors,  Series B Investor  Director and Series C Investor
Director under which the  Corporation  has the option to repurchase  such shares
upon the occurrence of certain  events,  including the termination of employment
and involuntary transfers by operation of law (and their permitted transferees);
provided,  however,  that any such  agreement  between such  individual  and the
Corporation under which the Corporation has such options to repurchase,  must be
approved by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority
of the then outstanding Series Preferred Stock before such agreement is executed
by the Corporation;

<PAGE>

                                                                              21

                                    (iii) Authorize or issue, or obligate itself
to issue,  any other debt or equity  security,  other than as  provided  in that
certain Investment and Stockholder's Agreement, by and among the Corporation and
the  Investors  named  therein,  dated as of October 31,  1997 (the  "Investment
Agreement");

                                    (iv)  Increase  or  decrease  (other than by
conversion as permitted  hereby) the total number of authorized shares of Series
Preferred Stock;

                                    (v)     Pay or declare any dividend or 
distribution on any of its capital stock;

                                    (vi) Authorize any merger,  consolidation of
the  Corporation  with or into any other  company or entity,  or  authorize  the
reorganization  or sale of the Corporation or the sale of  substantially  all of
the assets of the Corporation;

                                    (vii)  Amend the  charter  documents  of the
Corporation or amend the Bylaws of the  Corporation in any manner that adversely
affects the preferences,  powers,  rights or privileges of the holders of Series
Preferred Stock;

                                    (viii)  Authorize any reclassification or 
recapitalization of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation;

                                    (ix) Approve the annual  operating budget of
the Corporation;

                                    (x)   Change the composition or compensation
of management of the Corporation except as provided in the Investment Agreement;
or

                                    (xi)  Incur,  create,  assume,  become or be
liable in any manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any new or additional
indebtedness  or  liability  in excess of  $50,000,  except as  provided  in the
Investment Agreement.

                           5.3.7    NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES PREFERRED STOCK.  No
share or shares of the Series  Preferred  Stock  acquired by the  Corporation by
reason of redemption,  purchase,  conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and
all such shares shall be canceled, retired, and eliminated from the shares which
the Corporation  shall be authorized to issue.  The Corporation may from time to
time take such  appropriate  corporate  action as may be necessary to reduce the
authorized number of shares of the Series Preferred Stock accordingly.

                           5.3.8    NOTICES OF RECORD DATE.  In the event (i) 
the Corporation  establishes a record date to determine the holders of any class
of securities who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or
(ii)  there  occurs  any  capital   
<PAGE>

                                                                              22

reorganization of the Corporation,  any  reclassification or recapitalization of
the  capital  stock of the  Corporation,  any  merger  or  consolidation  of the
Corporation,  or any transfer of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
Corporation  to any  other  company,  or any  other  entity  or  person,  or any
voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,   liquidation  or  winding  up  of  the
Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred Stock
at least 20 days prior to the record date specified therein, a notice specifying
(a)  the  date  of  such  record  date  for the  purpose  of  such  dividend  or
distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (b) the date on
which  any  such  reorganization,   reclassification,  transfer,  consolidation,
merger, dissolution,  liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective,
and (c) the time, if any, that is to be fixed,  as to when the holders of record
of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares
of  Common  Stock  (or  other  securities)  for  securities  or  other  property
deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation,
merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

                           5.3.9    OTHER RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise provided 
in this Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation shares of each series
of the Series  Preferred  Stock and shares of Common Stock shall be identical in
all respects (each share of Series Preferred Stock having  equivalent  rights to
the number of shares of Common Stock into which it is then  convertible),  shall
have the same powers,  preferences  and rights,  without  preference of any such
class or share  over any other  such  class or share,  and shall be treated as a
single class of stock for all purposes.

                           5.3.10  RANKING.  Each series of Series Preferred 
Stock shall rank on a parity with the other series of Series  Preferred Stock as
to the distribution of assets on liquidation,  dissolution and winding up of the
Corporation. The Series Preferred Stock shall rank senior to the Common Stock as
to the distribution of assets on liquidation,  dissolution and winding up of the
Corporation.

                           5.3.11  MISCELLANEOUS.


                                    (a)     All notices referred to herein shall
be in  writing,  and all notices  hereunder  shall be deemed to have been given,
upon the  earlier  of  delivery  thereof by hand  delivery,  by  courier,  or by
standard form of telecommunication, addressed: (i) if to the Corporation, to its
principal executive office (Attention:  President) and to the transfer agent, if
any, for the Series Preferred Stock or other agent of the Corporation designated
as permitted  hereby or (ii) if to any holder of the Series  Preferred  Stock or
Common  Stock,  as the case may be, to such holder at the address of such holder
as listed in the stock  record books of the  Corporation  (which may include the
records of any transfer agent for the Series Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as
the case may be) or (iii) to such other address as the  Corporation  or any such
holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

                                    (b)     The Corporation shall pay any and
all stock transfer and documentary stamp taxes that may be payable in respect of
any issuance or 
<PAGE>

                                                                              23

                                                                            
delivery of shares of Series  Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock or other
securities  issued on  account  of Series  Preferred  Stock  pursuant  hereto or
certificates representing such shares or securities.  The Corporation shall not,
however,  be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any
transfer  involved in the  issuance  or  delivery of shares of Series  Preferred
Stock or Common Stock or other securities in a name other than that in which the
shares of Series  Preferred  Stock with  respect  to which such  shares or other
securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment
to any person with respect to any such shares or securities other than a payment
to the  registered  holder  thereof,  and shall not be required to make any such
issuance,  delivery or payment unless and until the person otherwise entitled to
such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Corporation the amount of any
such tax or has established,  to the satisfaction of the Corporation,  that such
tax has been paid or is not payable.  (c) The Corporation may appoint,  and from
time to time  discharge  and change,  a transfer  agent of the Series  Preferred
Stock.  Upon  any  such  appointment  or  discharge  of a  transfer  agent,  the
Corporation shall send notice thereof by hand delivery,  by courier, by standard
form of  telecommunication  or by first class mail  (postage  prepaid),  to each
holder of record of the Series Preferred Stock. 5.4 Subject to the provisions of
this Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and except as otherwise
provided  by law,  the stock of the  Corporation,  regardless  of class,  may be
issued for such  consideration  and for such corporate  purposes as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.

                  60  COMPROMISE,  ARRANGEMENT  OR  REORGANIZATION.  Whenever  a
compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors
or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any
class of them, any court of equitable  jurisdiction within the State of Delaware
may, on the application in a summary way of this  Corporation or of any creditor
or  stockholder  thereof or on the  application  of any  receiver  or  receivers
appointed  for this  Corporation  under the  provisions  of  Section  291 of the
General  Corporation  Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of
any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of
Section 279 of General Corporation Law order a meeting of the creditors or class
of  creditors,  and/or  of the  stockholders  or class of  stockholders  of this
Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court
directs.  If a majority  in number  representing  three-fourths  in value of the
creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  and/or  of the  stockholders  or  class of
stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or
arrangement and to any  reorganization  of this  Corporation as a consequence of
such compromise or arrangement,  the said compromise or arrangement and the said
reorganization  shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said  application
has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors,  and/or on
all stockholders or class of stockholders of this  Corporation,  as the case may
be, and also on this Corporation.

<PAGE>

                                                                              24

                  70  LIMITATION OF  LIABILITY.  No director of the  Corporation
shall be personally  liable to the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (a) for
any  breach  of  the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its
stockholders,  (b) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of
the General  Corporation Law or (d) for any transaction  from which the director
derived  any  improper  personal  benefits.  If the General  Corporation  Law is
hereafter amended to authorize  corporate action further eliminating or limiting
the personal  liability of  directors,  then the  liability of a director of the
Corporation  shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest  extent  permitted by
the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

                  Any repeal or modification  of the foregoing  paragraph by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

                  80       INDEMNIFICATION.

                           8.1      INDEMNITY UNDERTAKING.  To the extent not 
prohibited  by law, the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any person (an "Eligible
Person")  who  is or  was  made,  or  threatened  to be  made,  a  party  to any
threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or proceeding (a "Proceeding"),
whether civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative,  including,  without
limitation,  an  action  by or in the  right of the  Corporation  to  procure  a
judgment in its favor,  by reason of the fact that such  person,  or a person of
whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a Director or officer of
the Corporation,  or, while a Director or officer of the Corporation,  is or was
serving,  at the  request of the  Corporation,  as a director  or officer of any
other corporation or in a capacity with comparable authority or responsibilities
for any  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan or other
enterprise (an "Other Entity"),  against  judgments,  fines,  penalties,  excise
taxes,  amounts paid in settlement  and costs,  charges and expenses  (including
attorneys' fees, disbursements and other charges).

                           8.2      PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  The Corporation shall,
from time to time pay to an Eligible  Person the funds  necessary for payment of
expenses, including attorneys' fees and disbursements,  incurred by or on behalf
of such Eligible Person in connection with any Proceeding,  as such expenses are
incurred  in  advance of the final  disposition  of such  Proceeding;  provided,
however,  that,  if required  by the  General  Corporation  Law,  such  expenses
incurred by or on behalf of such  Eligible  Person may be paid in advance of the
final  disposition  of a Proceeding  only upon receipt by the  Corporation of an
undertaking,  by or on behalf of such Eligible Person,  to repay any such amount
so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from
which  there is no  further  right of appeal  that such  Eligible  Person is not
entitled to be indemnified for such expenses.


<PAGE>

                                                                              25

                           8.3      CERTAIN EXCLUSIONS.  Section 8.1 and 8.2
shall not include any  Proceeding  commenced by any Eligible  Person without the
advance approval of the Board of Directors.

                           8.4      BINDING EFFECT.  The provisions of this
Section 8 shall be a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and each
Eligible Person,  on the other hand,  pursuant to which the Corporation and each
such Eligible  Person intend to be, and shall be,  legally  bound.  No repeal or
modification  of this  Section 8 shall  affect  any rights or  obligations  with
respect to any state of facts then or  theretofore  existing  or any  proceeding
theretofore or thereafter  brought or threatened  based in whole or in part upon
any such state of facts.

                           8.5      PROCEDURAL RIGHTS.  The rights to
indemnification  and payment of expenses  provided  by, or granted  pursuant to,
this  Section 8 shall be  enforceable  by an  Eligible  Person  entitled to such
indemnification  or payment of expenses in any court of competent  jurisdiction.
The burden of proving  that such  indemnification  or payment of expenses is not
appropriate shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation
(including the disinterested Directors on its Board of Directors, a committee of
such disinterested  Directors,  the Corporation's  independent legal counsel and
its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
action  that  such  indemnification  or  payment  of  expenses  is proper in the
circumstances,  nor an actual  determination  by the Corporation  (including the
disinterested  Directors  on  its  Board  of  Directors,  a  committee  of  such
disinterested  Directors,  the  Corporation's  independent legal counsel and its
stockholders)  that  such  person is not  entitled  to such  indemnification  or
payment  of  expenses  shall  constitute  a  defense  to the  action or create a
presumption that such person is not so entitled. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in Section 8.3, such Eligible  Person shall also be indemnified for any
expenses incurred in connection with successfully  establishing his or her right
to such indemnification or payment of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such
proceeding.

                           8.6      SERVICE DEEMED AT CORPORATION'S REQUEST. Any
Director or officer of the  Corporation  serving (a) as a director or officer of
another  corporation  of which a majority of the shares  entitled to vote in the
election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation or
(b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any corporation  referred to
in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.

                           8.7      ELECTION OF APPLICABLE LAW.  Any person
entitled  to be  indemnified  or to  payment  of  expenses  as a matter of right
pursuant  to this  Section 8 may elect to have the right to  indemnification  or
payment of expenses  interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at
the time of the  occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable
Proceeding,  to the extent  permitted by law, or on the basis of the  applicable
law in effect at the time such indemnification or payment of expenses is sought.
Such election shall be made, by a notice in writing to the 


<PAGE>

                                                                              26

Corporation,  at the time  indemnification  or  payment of  expenses  is sought;
provided, however, that if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification
or  payment of  expenses  shall be  determined  by the law in effect at the time
indemnification or payment of expenses is sought.

                           8.8      RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The rights to 
indemnification  and  reimbursement  or advancement of expenses  provided by, or
granted  pursuant to, this Section 8 shall not be deemed  exclusive of any other
rights to which a person seeking indemnification or reimbursement or advancement
of expenses may have or hereafter be entitled  under any statute,  this Restated
Certificate  of  Incorporation,   the  By-laws,  any  agreement,   any  vote  of
stockholders or disinterested  Directors or otherwise,  both as to action in his
or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office.

                           8.9      CONTINUATION OF BENEFITS.  The rights to 
indemnification  and  reimbursement  or advancement of expenses  provided by, or
granted pursuant to, this Section 8 shall continue as to a person who has ceased
to be a Director or officer (or other person  indemnified  hereunder)  and shall
inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, legatees and distributees
of such person.

                           8.10     INSURANCE.  The Corporation shall have power
to  purchase  and  maintain  insurance  on behalf of any  person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of an
Other Entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by
such  person in any such  capacity,  or arising out of such  person's  status as
such,  whether or not the  Corporation  would have the power to  indemnify  such
person  against such  liability  under the provisions of this Section 8 or under
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law or any other provision of law.

                  90 DIRECTORS.  This Section is inserted for the  management of
the  business  and for the conduct of the affairs of the  Corporation  and it is
expressly  provided  that  it is  intended  to be in  furtherance  of and not in
limitation or exclusion of the powers conferred by applicable law.

                           9.1      NUMBER, ELECTION, AND TERMS OF OFFICE OF 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board
of  Directors  consisting  of not less than three or more than 15  members.  The
exact number of directors within the minimum and maximum  limitations  specified
in the preceding sentence shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted
by a majority of the entire  Board of Directors  then in office,  whether or not
present at a meeting. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. The
directors shall be divided into three classes of  approximately  equal size with
the term of office of the first class to expire at the first  annual  meeting of
stockholders  of the  Corporation  next  following the end of the  Corporation's
fiscal year ending  December 31, 1998, the term of office of the 

<PAGE>

                                                                              27

second  class to expire at the  first  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  of the
Corporation  next  following  the end of the  Corporation's  fiscal  year ending
December  31,  1999 and the term of office  of the third  class to expire at the
annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation  next following the end of the
Corporation's  fiscal year ending  December 31, 2000. At each annual  meeting of
stockholders  following  such  initial  election as specified  above,  directors
elected to succeed  those  directors  whose terms  expire shall be elected for a
term of office to expire at the third succeeding  annual meeting of stockholders
after their election.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to
the  provisions  of Section 5.1 of this  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  the holders of any one or more series of  Preferred  Stock shall
have the right,  voting separately as a series or together with holders of other
such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders,
the election,  term of office,  filling of vacancies and other  features of such
directorships  shall be  governed  by the  terms of this  Amended  and  Restated
Certificate of  Incorporation  and any  certificate of  designations  applicable
thereto.

                           During any period when the holders of any series of 
Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional  Directors as provided for or
fixed  pursuant to the  provisions of this Amended and Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or any  certificate of  designation  related  thereto,  then upon
commencement  and for  the  duration  of the  period  during  which  such  right
continues:  (i) the then otherwise total  authorized  number of Directors of the
Corporation  shall  automatically  be  increased  by such  specified  number  of
Directors,  and the holders of such  Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to elect
the additional  Directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said  provisions,
and (ii) each  such  additional  Director  shall  serve  until  such  Director's
successor  shall have been duly elected and qualified,  or until such Director's
right to hold such  office  terminates  pursuant to said  provisions,  whichever
occurs  earlier,  subject to such  Director's  earlier death,  disqualification,
resignation  or  removal.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by the  Board in the
resolution or resolutions  establishing such series, whenever the holders of any
series of Preferred  Stock having such right to elect  additional  Directors are
divested of such right  pursuant to the  provisions of such stock,  the terms of
office of all such additional Directors elected by the holders of such stock, or
elected  to  fill  any  vacancies   resulting   from  the  death,   resignation,
disqualification  or  removal  of such  additional  Directors,  shall  forthwith
terminate and the total and  authorized  number of Directors of the  Corporation
shall be reduced accordingly.

                           9.2      TENURE.  Notwithstanding any provisions to
the contrary  contained herein, (i) each director shall hold office until his or
her successor is elected and qualified,  or until the earlier of such director's
death,  resignation  or removal and (ii) the term of any director who is also an
officer of the Corporation  shall terminate if he or she ceases to be an officer
of the Corporation.

<PAGE>

                                                                              28

                           9.3      NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS AND VACANCIES. 
Subject to the  rights of the  holders  of any  series of  Preferred  Stock then
outstanding,  newly  created  directorships  resulting  from any increase in the
authorized  number of  directors  or any  vacancies  in the  Board of  Directors
resulting from death, resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,  removal from
office  or other  cause  shall be  filled by a  majority  vote of the  remaining
directors  then in office  although less than a quorum,  or by a sole  remaining
director and  directors  so chosen shall hold office for a term  expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of the class to which they have
been elected  expires or, in each case,  until their  respective  successors are
duly elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting
the Board of Directors  shall shorten the term of any incumbent  director.  When
any director  shall give notice of  resignation  effective at a future date, the
Board of Directors  may fill such  vacancy to take effect when such  resignation
shall become effective. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the
remaining  Directors,  except as  otherwise  provided by law,  may  exercise the
powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

                           9.4      REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Any one or more or all
of the  directors  may be  removed,  at any  time,  but  only  for  cause by the
stockholders  having at least a majority in voting  power of the then issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

                  100 ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 228 of the  General  Corporation  Law (or any  successor  statute),  any
action  required or permitted by the General  Corporation Law to be taken at any
annual or special  meeting of  stockholders of the Corporation may be taken only
at such an annual or  special  meeting  of  stockholders  and cannot be taken by
written consent  without a meeting.  At any annual meeting or special meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation,  only such business shall be conducted as shall
have been brought before such meeting in the manner provided by the By-laws.



<PAGE>


                  110 ADOPTION,  AMENDMENT AND/OR REPEAL OF BYLAWS. The Board of
Directors  may from time to time adopt,  amend or repeal the  Bylaws;  provided,
however,  that any Bylaws  adopted or amended by the Board of  Directors  may be
amended  or  repealed,  and  any  Bylaws  may  be  adopted,  by a  vote  of  the
stockholders  having at least  two-thirds of the voting power of the then issued
and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Restated
Certification of Incorporation this _____ day of August, 1998.

                                           PATHNET, INC.


                                           By:
                                              --------------------------------
                                           Richard A. Jalkut
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


Attest:


By:
   --------------------------------
   Michael A. Lubin
   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary





                                                                     Exhibit 3.2
                                                                     -----------


                           AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
                                       OF
                                  PATHNET, INC.

                             A Delaware Corporation
                            ------------------------


                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  As  used  in  these  Bylaws,   unless  the  context  otherwise
requires, the term:

                  1.1      "Assistant Secretary" means an Assistant Secretary of
the Corporation.

                  1.2      "Assistant Treasurer" means an Assistant Treasurer of
 the Corporation.

                  1.3      "Board" means the Board of Directors of the 
Corporation.

                  1.4  "Business  Day" means any day which is not a Saturday,  a
Sunday, or a day on which banks are authorized to close in the City of New York.

                  1.5 "Bylaws" means the bylaws of the  Corporation,  as amended
from time to time.

                  1.6  "Certificate of  Incorporation"  means the certificate of
incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, supplemented or restated from time
to time.

                  1.7      "Chairman" means the Chairman of the Board of the
 Corporation.

                  1.8  "Chief  Executive  Officer"  means  the  Chief  Executive
Officer of the Corporation.

                  1.9      "Corporation" means Pathnet, Inc.

                  1.10     "Directors" means directors of the Corporation.

                  1.11 "Entire Board" means all Directors of the  Corporation in
office,  whether or not  present at a meeting  of the  Board,  but  disregarding
vacancies.


<PAGE>

                                                                              3


                  1.12  "Executive  Vice  President"  means  an  Executive  Vice
President of the Corporation.

                  1.13 "General  Corporation Law" means the General  Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

                  1.14 "Office of the Corporation" means the executive office of
the Corporation,  anything in Section 131 of the General  Corporation Law to the
contrary notwithstanding.

                  1.15     "President" means the President of the Corporation.

                  1.16     "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Corporation.

                  1.17     "Stockholders" means stockholders of the Corporation.

                  1.18     "Treasurer" means the Treasurer of the Corporation.

                  1.19     "Vice President" means a Vice President of the 
Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE 2

                                  STOCKHOLDERS
                                  ------------

                  2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Every meeting of Stockholders shall be
held at the Office of the  Corporation  or at such other place within or without
the State of Delaware as shall be  designated,  from time to time, by the Board,
the  Chairman or the  President,  and  specified  or fixed in the notice of such
meeting or in the waiver of notice thereof.

                  2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.  A meeting of  Stockholders  shall be held
annually for the election of Directors and the  transaction of other business at
such  hour  and on such  business  day in  each  year  as may be  determined  by
resolution  adopted by  affirmative  vote of a majority vote of the Entire Board
and designated in the notice of meeting.

                  2.3 DEFERRED  MEETING FOR ELECTION OF  DIRECTORS,  ETC. If the
annual meeting of Stockholders for the election of Directors and the transaction
of  other  business  is not  held  on the  date  designated  therefor  or at any
adjournment  of a meeting  convened on such date, the Board shall call a meeting
of  Stockholders  for the election of  Directors  and the  transaction  of other
business as soon thereafter as convenient.


<PAGE>
                                                                               4

                  2.4  SPECIAL  MEETINGS.  A special  meeting  of  Stockholders,
unless otherwise  prescribed by statute, may be called at any time by the Board,
the Chairman or by the President.  At any special  meeting of  Stockholders,  no
business may be  transacted  other than (i) such  business  stated in the notice
thereof given  pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof or in any waiver of notice thereof
given  pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof (in a form  prepared by the  Secretary) or
(ii) such  business as is related to the purpose or purposes of such meeting and
which is  properly  brought  before the  meeting by or at the  direction  of the
Board.

                  2.5 FIXING RECORD DATE. For the purpose of (a) determining the
Stockholders entitled (i) to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders
or any  adjournment  thereof or (ii) to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock; or (b) any other lawful action, the
Board may fix a record  date,  which record date shall not precede the date upon
which the  resolution  fixing the record date was adopted by the Board and which
record date shall not be (x) in the case of clause (a)(i) above, more than sixty
nor less than ten days  before the date of such  meeting  and (y) in the case of
clause  (a)(ii) or (b) above,  more than sixty days prior to such action.  If no
such record date is fixed:

                                    2.5.1   the record date for determining
          Stockholders  entitled  to  notice  of  or to  vote  at a  meeting  of
          Stockholders  shall  be at the  close  of  business  on the  day  next
          preceding  the day on which notice is given,  or, if notice is waived,
          at the close of  business on the day next  preceding  the day on which
          the meeting is held; and

                                    2.5.2   the record date for determining
          Stockholders  entitled  to  express  consent  to  corporate  action in
          writing   without  a  meeting  (unless   otherwise   provided  in  the
          Certificate  of  Incorporation),  when no prior action by the Board is
          required under the General  Corporation Law, shall be the first day on
          which a signed  written  consent  setting  forth the  action  taken or
          proposed to be taken is  delivered to the  Corporation  by delivery to
          its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of
          business,  or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of
          the  book  in  which  proceedings  of  meetings  of  Stockholders  are
          recorded;  and when prior  action by the Board is  required  under the
          General Corporation Law, the record date for determining  Stockholders
          entitled to consent to corporate  action in writing  without a meeting
          shall be at the  close of  business  on the  date on which  the  Board
          adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

                                    2.5.3   the record date for determining
          Stockholders  for any purpose  other than those  specified  in Section
          2.5.1 and 2.5.2 hereof shall be at the close of business on the day on
          which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.


<PAGE>

                                                                               5

When a  determination  of  Stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of  Stockholders  has been made as provided in this  Section  2.5,  such
determination  shall apply to any  adjournment  thereof unless the Board fixes a
new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                  Delivery  made  to  the  Corporation's  registered  office  in
accordance  with Section  2.5.2 shall be by hand or by  certified or  registered
mail, return receipt requested.

                  2.6 NOTICE OF MEETINGS OF  STOCKHOLDERS.  Except as  otherwise
provided in Section 2.7 hereof,  whenever  under the  provisions of any statute,
the Certificate of Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  Stockholders are required or
permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall be given stating
the place,  date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special  meeting,
the  purpose or  purposes  for which the  meeting is  called.  Unless  otherwise
provided by any statute,  the Certificate of Incorporation  or these By-laws,  a
copy of the notice of any meeting  shall be given,  personally  or by mail,  not
less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the  meeting,  to each
Stockholder  entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such
notice  shall be deemed to be given when  deposited  in the United  States mail,
with postage  prepaid,  directed to the  Stockholder at his or her address as it
appears on the records of the  Corporation.  An affidavit of the Secretary or an
Assistant  Secretary or of the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice
required by this Section 2.6 has been given shall,  in the absence of fraud,  be
prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. When a meeting is adjourned to
another time or place,  notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the  adjournment is
taken,  and at the adjourned  meeting any business may be transacted  that might
have been  transacted  at the meeting as originally  called.  If,  however,  the
adjournment  is for more than thirty  days,  or if after the  adjournment  a new
record  date is fixed  for the  adjourned  meeting,  a notice  of the  adjourned
meeting  shall be given to each  Stockholder  of record  entitled to vote at the
meeting.

                  2.7  WAIVERS OF NOTICE.  Whenever  the giving of any notice is
required by statute,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver
thereof, in writing,  signed by the Stockholder or Stockholders entitled to said
notice,  whether  before or after the event as to which such notice is required,
shall be deemed  equivalent to notice.  Attendance by a Stockholder at a meeting
shall  constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the Stockholder
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting,  at the beginning of the
meeting,  to the  transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has
not been lawfully called or convened.

                  2.8 LIST OF  STOCKHOLDERS.  The  Secretary  shall  prepare and
make,  or cause to be prepared and made,  at least ten days before every meeting
of  Stockholders,  a complete list of the  Stockholders  entitled to vote at the
meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical  


<PAGE>

                                                                               6

order,  and  showing the  address of each  Stockholder  and the number of shares
registered in the name of each  Stockholder.  If any voting group  exists,  such
list shall be arranged by voting group and within each voting group by series or
class of shares.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder,
the  Stockholder's  agent or attorney,  at the  Stockholder's  expense,  for any
purpose germane to the meeting,  during ordinary business hours, for a period of
at least ten days prior to the meeting,  either at a place within the city where
the meeting is to be held,  which place shall be  specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified,  at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be  produced  and kept at the time and place of the  meeting
during the whole time thereof,  and may be inspected by any  Stockholder  who is
present. The Corporation shall maintain the list of Stockholders in written form
or in another form capable of  conversion  into written form within a reasonable
time.  Upon the willful  neglect or refusal of the  Directors  to produce such a
list at any meeting for the election of Directors,  they shall be ineligible for
election  to any  office at such  meeting.  The stock  ledger  shall be the only
evidence as to who are the  Stockholders  entitled to examine the stock  ledger,
the list of Stockholders or the books of the  Corporation,  or to vote in person
or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders.

                  2.9 QUORUM OF STOCKHOLDERS;  ADJOURNMENT.  Except as otherwise
provided by any statute,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  the
holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at any
meeting  of  Stockholders,  present  in person or  represented  by proxy,  shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business at such meeting.  When a
quorum is once present to organize a meeting of  Stockholders,  it is not broken
by the subsequent  withdrawal of any Stockholders.  The holders of a majority of
the shares of stock present in person or  represented by proxy at any meeting of
Stockholders,  including  an  adjourned  meeting,  whether  or not a  quorum  is
present,  may adjourn such meeting to another time and place.  Shares of its own
stock belonging to the Corporation or to another  corporation,  if a majority of
the  shares  entitled  to vote  in the  election  of  Directors  of  such  other
corporation is held, directly or indirectly,  by the Corporation,  shall neither
be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes;  provided, however, that
the  foregoing  shall  not limit the  right of the  Corporation  to vote  stock,
including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

                  2.10  VOTING;   PROXIES.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the
Certificate of  Incorporation,  every Stockholder of record shall be entitled at
every  meeting  of  Stockholders  to one vote for each  share of  capital  stock
standing  in  his or her  name  on the  record  of  Stockholders  determined  in
accordance with Section 2.5 hereof. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides
for more or less than one vote for any share on any matter,  each  reference  in
the Bylaws or the General  Corporation Law to a majority or other  proportion of
stock shall  refer to such  majority  or other  proportion  of the votes of such
stock.  The  provisions of Sections 212 and 217 of the General  Corporation  Law
shall apply in determining  whether any shares of capital stock may be voted and
the persons,  if any, entitled to vote such shares; but the Corporation shall be
protected in 


<PAGE>

                                                                               7


assuming  that the persons in whose names  shares of capital  stock stand on the
stock ledger of the  Corporation  are  entitled to vote such shares.  Holders of
redeemable  shares  of stock  are not  entitled  to vote  after  the  notice  of
redemption  is mailed to such holders and a sum  sufficient to redeem the stocks
has been deposited with a bank,  trust company,  or other financial  institution
under an  irrevocable  obligation  to pay the  holders the  redemption  price on
surrender  of the shares of stock.  At any meeting of  Stockholders  (at which a
quorum was present to organize the  meeting),  all matters,  except as otherwise
provided by statute or by the Certificate of  Incorporation  or by these Bylaws,
shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast at such  meeting by the holders
of shares  present  in  person or  represented  by proxy  and  entitled  to vote
thereon,  whether  or not a quorum is  present  when the vote is taken.  Where a
separate  vote by a class or  classes  of  stock is  required  by  statute,  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  a majority of the  outstanding
shares of such class or classes  present in person or represented by proxy shall
constitute  a quorum  entitled to take action with  respect to that vote on that
matter,  and such  matter  shall be decided  by a majority  of the votes of such
class or  classes  present  in person or  represented  by proxy at the  meeting.
Directors may be elected either by written ballot or by voice vote. In voting on
any other  question  on which a vote by ballot is required by law or is demanded
by any Stockholder  entitled to vote, the voting shall be by ballot. Each ballot
shall be signed by the Stockholder  voting or the Stockholder's  proxy and shall
state the number of shares voted. On all other  questions,  the voting may be by
voice vote. Each  Stockholder  entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders may
authorize  another person or persons to act for such  Stockholder by proxy.  The
validity and  enforceability of any proxy shall be determined in accordance with
Section 212 of the General  Corporation  Law. A Stockholder may revoke any proxy
that is not  irrevocable  by  attending  the  meeting and voting in person or by
filing an instrument  in writing  revoking the proxy or by delivering a proxy in
accordance with applicable law bearing a later date to the Secretary.

                  2.11 VOTING  PROCEDURES AND INSPECTORS OF ELECTION AT MEETINGS
OF  STOCKHOLDERs.  The  Corporation,  in advance of any meeting of Stockholders,
shall  appoint one or more  inspectors  to act at the meeting and make a written
report  thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate
inspectors  to  replace  any  inspector  who fails to act.  If no  inspector  or
alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall
appoint,  one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector,  before
entering  upon the  discharge of his or her duties,  shall take and sign an oath
faithfully  to execute  the duties of  inspector  with strict  impartiality  and
according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspectors shall (a) ascertain
the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the
shares  represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots,  (c)
count all votes and ballots,  (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a
record of the  disposition of any challenges  made to any  determination  by the
inspectors,  and  (e)  certify  their  determination  of the  number  of  shares
represented  at the  meeting  and  their  count of all votes  and  ballots.  The
inspectors  may  appoint  or retain  other  persons  or  entities  to assist the
inspectors in the performance of their duties.  The date and time of the opening
and 


<PAGE>


                                                                               8

the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the  Stockholders  will vote
at a meeting  shall be  determined  by the person  presiding  at the meeting and
shall  be  announced  at the  meeting.  No  ballot,  proxies  or  votes,  or any
revocation thereof or change thereto,  shall be accepted by the inspectors after
the  closing of the polls  unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware
upon application by a Stockholder shall determine otherwise.

                  2.12 CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. (a) At each meeting of Stockholders,
the President, or in the absence of the President,  the Chairman, or if there is
no Chairman or if there be one and the  Chairman is absent,  an  Executive  Vice
President,  and in case more than one Executive Vice President shall be present,
that Executive Vice President  designated by the Board (or in the absence of any
such designation, in the order of their first election, present), or it there is
no Executive  Vice President or if there be one and the Executive Vice President
is absent,  a Vice President,  and in case more than one Vice President shall be
present,  that Vice President  designated by the Board (or in the absence of any
such designation,  in the order of their first election,  present), shall act as
chairman  of the  meeting.  The  Secretary,  or in his or her absence one of the
Assistant  Secretaries,  shall act as secretary of the meeting.  In case none of
the officers  above  designated  to act as chairman or secretary of the meeting,
respectively, shall be present, a chairman or a secretary of the meeting, as the
case may be,  shall be chosen by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by
the holders of shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy
and entitled to vote at the meeting.

                  2.13 ORDER OF BUSINESS.  The order of business at all meetings
of Stockholders  shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting,  but the
order of business to be followed at any meeting at which a quorum is present may
be  changed by a majority  of the votes cast at such  meeting by the  holders of
shares of capital stock present in person or  represented  by proxy and entitled
to vote at the meeting.

                  2.14 WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless
otherwise  provided in the Certificate of Incorporation,  any action required or
permitted  by the General  Corporation  Law to be taken at any annual or special
meeting of Stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and
without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so
taken,  shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than
the minimum  number of votes that would be  necessary  to authorize or take such
action at a meeting at which all shares  entitled to vote  thereon  were present
and voted and shall be delivered  (by hand or by certified or  registered  mail,
return  receipt  requested)  to the  Corporation  by delivery to its  registered
office in the State of Delaware,  its principal place of business, or an officer
or agent of the Corporation  having custody of the book in which  proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date
of signature of each  stockholder  who signs the consent and no written  consent
shall be  effective to take the  corporate  action  referred to therein  unless,
within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by
this  Section  2.14,   written  consents  signed  by  a  


<PAGE>

                                                                               9

sufficient   number  of  Stockholders  to  take  action  are  delivered  to  the
Corporation  as aforesaid.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate  action
without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
Stockholders  who have not  consented in writing and who, if the action had been
taken at a meeting,  would have been  entitled  to notice of the  meeting if the
record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a
sufficient  number of  Stockholders  to take the action  were  delivered  to the
Corporation as aforesaid.




                                    ARTICLE 3

                                    DIRECTORS
                                    ---------

                  3.1  GENERAL  POWERS.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in the
Certificate of Incorporation,  the business and affairs of the Corporation shall
be managed  by or under the  direction  of the  Board.  The Board may adopt such
rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation or
these Bylaws or  applicable  laws,  as it may deem proper for the conduct of its
meetings  and the  management  of the  Corporation.  In  addition  to the powers
expressly  conferred  by these  Bylaws,  the Board may  exercise  all powers and
perform all acts that are not required,  by these Bylaws or the  Certificate  of
Incorporation or by statute, to be exercised and performed by the Stockholders.

                  3.2  NUMBER;  QUALIFICATION;  TERM OF OFFICE.  The Board shall
consist  of not less than  three or more than 15  members.  The exact  number of
Directors within the minimum and maximum limitations  specified in the preceding
sentence shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of
the Entire Board then in office, whether or not present at a meeting.  Directors
need not be Stockholders. The Directors shall be divided into three classes with
the term of office of the first class to expire at the first  annual  meeting of
Stockholders  of the  Corporation  next  following the end of the  Corporation's
fiscal year ending  December 31, 1998, the term of office of the second class to
expire at the first  annual  meeting of  Stockholders  of the  Corporation  next
following the end of the Corporation's  fiscal year ending December 31, 1999 and
the term of office  of the  third  class to  expire  at the  annual  meeting  of
Stockholders  of the  Corporation  next  following the end of the  Corporation's
fiscal year ending  December 31, 2000.  At each annual  meeting of  Stockholders
following such initial election as specified above, Directors elected to succeed
those  Directors  whose  terms  expire  shall be elected for a term of office to
expire at the third  succeeding  annual  meeting  of  Stockholders  after  their
election.

                  3.3 TENURE.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  to the contrary
contained herein, (i) each Director shall hold office until his or her successor
is  elected  and  qualified,  or until the  earlier  of such  Director's  death,
resignation  or removal and (ii) the 


<PAGE>

                                                                              10

term of any director who is also an officer of the  Corporation  shall terminate
if he or she ceases to be an officer of the Corporation.

                  3.4 ELECTION. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by
statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, be elected by a plurality of the
votes  cast at a meeting of  Stockholders  by the  holders of shares  present in
person  or  represented  by proxy at the  meeting  and  entitled  to vote in the
election.

                  3.5 NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS AND VACANCIES.  Subject to the
rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock of the  Corporation  then
outstanding,  newly  created  directorships  resulting  from any increase in the
authorized  number of Directors or any  vacancies  in the Board  resulting  from
death, resignation, retirement,  disqualification,  removal from office or other
cause  shall be filled by a majority  vote of the  remaining  Directors  then in
office  although  less  than a  quorum,  or by a  sole  remaining  Director  and
Directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual  meeting
of  stockholders  at which the term of the class to which they have been elected
expires or, in each case, until their respective successors are duly elected and
qualified.  No decrease in the number of Directors  constituting the Board shall
shorten the term of any incumbent Director.  When any Director shall give notice
of  resignation  effective at a future date,  the Board may fill such vacancy to
take effect when such resignation shall become effective.

                  3.6  RESIGNATION.  Any  Director  may  resign  at any  time by
written notice to the  Corporation.  Such  resignation  shall take effect at the
time therein specified, and, unless otherwise specified in such resignation, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

                  3.7 REMOVAL.  Any one or more or all of the  Directors  may be
removed,  at any time, but only for cause by the Stockholders  having at least a
majority in voting  power of the then issued and  outstanding  shares of capital
stock of the  Corporation.  If pursuant to the  Certificate of  Incorporation  a
Director is elected by a voting group of Stockholders,  only the Stockholders of
the voting group may participate in the vote to remove such Director.

                  3.8  COMPENSATION.  Each Director,  in consideration of his or
her service as such, may receive from the  Corporation  such amount per annum or
such fees for attendance at Directors' meetings,  or both, as the Board may from
time  to  time  determine,   together  with  reimbursement  for  the  reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses, if any, incurred by such Director in connection with the
performance  of his or her duties.  Each Director who shall serve as a member of
any committee of Directors in  consideration of serving as such may receive such
additional  amount per annum or such fees for attendance at committee  meetings,
or  both,  as  the  Board  may  from  time  to  time  determine,  together  with
reimbursement  for the reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses,  if any, incurred by
such Director in the performance of his or her duties. Nothing

                                  
<PAGE>

                                                                              11

contained  in this  Section 3.8 shall  preclude  any  Director  from serving the
Corporation  or its  subsidiaries  in any other  capacity and  receiving  proper
compensation therefor.

                  3.9 TIMES AND PLACES OF MEETINGS. The Board may hold meetings,
both regular and special,  either  within or without the State of Delaware.  The
times and places  for  holding  meetings  of the Board may be fixed from time to
time by  resolution  of the Board or (unless  contrary  to a  resolution  of the
Board) in the notice of the meeting.

                  3.10 ANNUAL  MEETINGS.  On the day when and at the place where
the annual meeting of Stockholders for the election of Directors is held, and as
soon as practicable thereafter,  the Board may hold its annual meeting,  without
notice of such meeting,  provided a quorum shall be present, for the purposes of
organization,  the election of officers and the  transaction of other  business.
The  annual  meeting  of the  Board  may be held at any  other  time  and  place
specified  in a notice  given as  provided  in Section  3.12  hereof for special
meetings of the Board or in a waiver of notice thereof.

                  3.11 REGULAR  MEETINGS.  Regular  meetings of the Board may be
held without  notice at such times and at such places as shall from time to time
be determined by the Board.

                  3.12 SPECIAL  MEETINGS.  Special  meetings of the Board may be
called by the  President  or any  Director  then  serving  on at least one day's
notice to each  Director  given by one of the means  specified  in Section  3.15
hereof other than by mail, or on at least three days' notice if given by mail.

                  3.13 TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Directors or members of any committee
designated  by the Board may  participate  in a meeting  of the Board or of such
committee by means of conference telephone or similar  communications  equipment
by means of which all persons  participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and  participation  in a meeting  pursuant to this Section 3.13 shall constitute
presence in person at such meeting.

                  3.14 ADJOURNED  MEETINGS.  A majority of the Directors present
at any meeting of the Board,  including an adjourned  meeting,  whether or not a
quorum is present,  may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. At least
one day's  notice of any  adjourned  meeting of the Board shall be given to each
Director whether or not present at the time of the  adjournment,  if such notice
shall be given by one of the means  specified  in Section 3.15 hereof other than
by  mail,  or at least  three  days'  notice  if by mail.  Any  business  may be
transacted  at an  adjourned  meeting  that  might have been  transacted  at the
meeting as originally called.

                  3.15  NOTICE  PROCEDURE.  Subject  to  Sections  3.13 and 3.16
hereof,  whenever,  under the  provisions  of any statute,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  notice is required to be given to any Director,
such  notice  shall  be  deemed  given  effectively  if given  in  person  or by
telephone,  by mail addressed to such Director at such 


<PAGE>

                                                                              12

Director's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage
thereon prepaid, or by telegram,  telex,  telecopy or similar means addressed as
aforesaid.

                  3.16  WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Whenever  the giving of any notice is
required by statute,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver
thereof,  in writing,  signed by the person or persons  entitled to said notice,
whether before or after the event as to which such notice is required,  shall be
deemed  equivalent  to  notice.  Attendance  by  a  person  at a  meeting  shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting  except when the person  attends a
meeting for the express  purpose of objecting,  at the beginning of the meeting,
to the  transaction  of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been
lawfully  called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any regular or special  meeting of the  Directors  or a committee of
Directors  need be specified in any written  waiver of notice unless so required
by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

                  3.17 ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board, the Chairman,
or in the  absence of the  Chairman,  the  President,  or in the  absence of the
President,  a chairman  chosen by a majority  of the  Directors  present,  shall
preside.  The Secretary  shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board. In
case the Secretary  shall be absent from any meeting of the Board,  an Assistant
Secretary  shall  perform the duties of  secretary at such  meeting;  and in the
absence from any such meeting of the Secretary  and all  Assistant  Secretaries,
the person  presiding  at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary
of the meeting.

                  3.18  QUORUM  OF  DIRECTORS.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly
provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation,  the presence in person
of a  majority  of the  Entire  Board  shall  be  necessary  and  sufficient  to
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board,
but a majority of a smaller number may adjourn any such meeting to a later date.

                  3.19 ACTION BY MAJORITY  VOTE.  Except as otherwise  expressly
required by statute,  the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  the act
of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board.

                  3.20 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless  otherwise  restricted by
the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these  By-laws,  any action  required or
permitted  to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any  committee  thereof
may be taken without a meeting if all Directors or members of such committee, as
the case may be,  consent  thereto in writing,  and the writing or writings  are
filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.


                                    ARTICLE 4
<PAGE>

                                                                              13
                             COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
                             -----------------------

                  The Board,  by resolution  adopted by a majority of the Entire
Board, may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or
more of the  Directors of the  Corporation.  The Board may designate one or more
Directors as alternate  members of any committee,  who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. If a member of a committee
shall be absent from any  meeting,  or  disqualified  from voting  thereat,  the
remaining member or members present and not disqualified from voting, whether or
not such  member or members  constitute  a quorum,  may,  by a  unanimous  vote,
appoint  another  member of the Board to act at the  meeting in the place of any
such absent or disqualified  member. Any such committee,  to the extent provided
in the resolution of the Board or these Bylaws,  shall have and may exercise all
the powers and  authority  of the Board in the  management  of the  business and
affairs of the Corporation,  and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
impressed  on all papers that may require it, but no such  committee  shall have
the  power or  authority  of the  Board  in  reference  to:  (i)  approving,  or
recommending  to  the  Stockholders,   any  action  that  the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law  requires  to be  approved by the  Stockholders;  (ii)  filling
vacancies  on  the  Board  or on  any  of its  committees;  (iii)  amending  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation;  (iv)  adopting,  amending,  or repealing  these
Bylaws;   (v)  approving  a  plan  of  merger  not  requiring  approval  of  the
Stockholders; (vi) authorizing or approving a distribution,  except according to
a general  formula or method  prescribed by the Board;  or (vii)  authorizing or
approving the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares,  or determine the
designation  and relative  rights,  preferences,  and  limitations of a class or
series of shares,  except that the Board may authorize a committee,  or a senior
executive  officer  of the  Corporation,  to do so  within  limits  specifically
prescribed by the Board.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the  resolution of the
Board  designating a committee,  at all meetings of such committee a majority of
the total number of members of the committee  shall  constitute a quorum for the
transaction  of  business,  and the vote of a  majority  of the  members  of the
committee  present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of
the  committee.  Each committee  shall keep regular  minutes of its meetings and
report the same to the Board when required. Unless the Board otherwise provides,
each committee  designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the
conduct of its  business.  In the  absence of such  rules each  committee  shall
conduct  its  business  in the same manner as the Board  conducts  its  business
pursuant to Article 3 of these Bylaws.


                                    ARTICLE 5

                                    OFFICERS
                                    --------

                  5.1  POSITIONS.  The  officers of the  Corporation  shall be a
President,  a Secretary,  a Treasurer  and such other  officers as the Board may
appoint,  including a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Executive
Vice  Presidents,  one  or  more  Vice  Presidents  and  one or  


<PAGE>

                                                                              14

more Assistant  Secretaries  and Assistant  Treasurers,  who shall exercise such
powers and perform such duties as shall be  determined  from time to time by the
Board. The Board may use descriptive words or phrases to designate the standing,
seniority  or areas of  special  competence  of the Vice  Presidents  elected or
appointed by it. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

                  5.2  APPOINTMENT.  The  officers of the  Corporation  shall be
chosen by the Board at its annual  meeting or at such other time or times as the
Board shall determine.

                  5.3  COMPENSATION.  The  compensation  of all  officers of the
Corporation  shall be fixed by, or in the manner  prescribed  by, the Board.  No
officer  shall be prevented  from  receiving a salary or other  compensation  by
reason of the fact that the officer is also a Director.

                  5.4 TERM OF OFFICE. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold
office  for the term for which he or she is  elected  and until  such  officer's
successor  is chosen  and  qualifies  or until  such  officer's  earlier  death,
resignation  or removal.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice
to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of
such notice or at such later time as is therein specified, and, unless otherwise
specified,  the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective.  The  resignation  of an officer  shall be without  prejudice  to the
contract rights of the Corporation,  if any. Any officer elected or appointed by
the Board  may be  removed  at any time,  with or  without  cause,  by vote of a
majority  of the  Entire  Board.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in any  office of the
Corporation  shall be filled by the Board.  The  removal  of an officer  without
cause shall be without  prejudice to the officer's  contract rights, if any. The
election  or  appointment  of an  officer  shall not of itself  create  contract
rights.

                  5.5 FIDELITY BONDS.  The Corporation may secure the fidelity 
of any or all of its officers or agents by bond or otherwise.

                  5.6 CHAIRMAN.  The Chairman  shall exercise such duties as are
and may be  prescribed  from time to time by the  Board.  In the  absence  of or
disability of the  Chairman,  an officer  appointed by the  Chairman,  or if the
Chairman fails to make such appointment,  by the Board, shall perform the duties
and exercise  the powers of the  Chairman.  The  Chairman may sign,  execute and
deliver, in the name of the Corporation,  powers of attorney,  contracts,  bonds
and other  obligations  which implement  policies  established by the Board. The
Chairman  shall  preside at all meetings  the Board at which he is present,  and
shall  perform such other duties as may be  prescribed  from time to time by the
Board or these Bylaws.

<PAGE>

                                                                              15

                  5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall
exercise  such  duties  as are and may be  prescribed  from  time to time by the
Board. The Chief Executive Officer may sign, execute and deliver, in the name of
the Corporation, powers of attorney, contracts bonds and other obligations which
implement policies established by the Board.

                  5.8  PRESIDENT.  The President  shall be  responsible  to, and
shall  exercise such duties as are and may be  prescribed  from time to time by,
the Board.  The  President  may sign,  execute and  deliver,  in the name of the
Corporation,  powers of attorney,  contracts,  bonds and other obligations which
implement policies established by the Board.

                  5.9 EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT.  In the absence of the President
or in the event of his death,  inability or refusal to act, the  Executive  Vice
President,  if any,  or in the  event  there  be more  than one  Executive  Vice
President,  the Executive Vice Presidents,  in the order  designated,  or in the
absence of any  designation,  then in the order of their first  election,  shall
perform  the duties of the  President,  and when so  acting,  shall have all the
powers  of and be  subject  to all the  restrictions  upon  the  President.  The
Executive Vice President shall generally  assist the President and shall perform
such other  duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time
prescribe.

                  5.10 VICE  PRESIDENT.  In the  absence of the  Executive  Vice
President  or in the event of his death,  inability  or refusal to act, the Vice
President,  if any, or in the event there be more than one Vice  President,  the
Vice Presidents,  in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation,
then in the order of their  first  election,  shall  perform  the  duties of the
Executive Vice President,  and when so acting,  shall have all the powers of and
be subject to all the restrictions  upon the Executive Vice President.  The Vice
President  shall  generally  assist the  President  and shall perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

                  5.11 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the
Board and all meetings of the  stockholders and shall record all the proceedings
of the  meetings of the  stockholders  and of the Board in a book to be kept for
that  purpose and shall  perform like duties for the  standing  committees  when
requested by such  committees.  The Secretary  shall give, or cause to be given,
required  notice of all meetings of the  stockholders  and the Board,  and shall
perform such other duties as may be  prescribed  by the Board or assigned by the
President or Chairman. The Secretary shall have custody of the stock certificate
books and stockholder  records and such other books and records as the Board may
direct.  The  Secretary  shall  have  custody  of  the  corporate  seal  of  the
Corporation  and shall have authority to affix the same to any  instrument,  and
when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary's signature.  The Board may
give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation
and to attest the affixing thereof by his signature.

<PAGE>

                                                                              16

                  5.12 ASSISTANT  SECRETARY.  Any Assistant Secretary elected by
the Board shall have the same duties as  prescribed  for the Secretary and shall
perform such duties at the direction of the Secretary,  to assist the Secretary,
and in the absence of the  Secretary,  at the  direction  of the  Chairman,  the
President or any Vice President,  and otherwise as directed from time to time by
the Chairman, the President or the Board.

                  5.13 TREASURER OR CHIEF  FINANCIAL  OFFICER.  The Treasurer or
Chief  Financial  Officer  shall  have the  custody of the  corporate  funds and
securities   and  shall  keep  full  and  accurate   accounts  of  receipts  and
disbursements  in books  belonging  to the  Corporation,  and shall  deposit all
moneys  and  other  valuable  effects  in the  name  and to  the  credit  of the
Corporation in such  depositories  as may be designated by the Board,  and shall
disburse the funds of the  Corporation,  as may be ordered by the Board,  taking
proper vouchers for such  disbursements,  and shall render to the Chairman,  the
President and the Board at its regular meetings,  or when the Board so requires,
an account of all his  transactions as treasurer and of the financial  condition
of the  Corporation,  and shall  perform  such other  duties and have such other
powers  as the  Board,  the  Chairman  or the  President  may from  time to time
prescribe.

                  5.14 ASSISTANT  TREASURER.  Any Assistant Treasurer elected by
the Board shall have the same duties as  prescribed  for the Treasurer and shall
perform such duties at the direction of the Treasurer,  to assist the Treasurer,
and in the absence of the  Treasurer,  at the  direction  of the  Chairman,  the
President or any Vice President,  and otherwise as directed from time to time by
the Chairman, the President or the Board.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                 CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
                 ----------------------------------------------

                  6.1  EXECUTION OF  CONTRACTS.  The Board,  except as otherwise
provided in these  Bylaws,  may  prospectively  or  retroactively  authorize any
officer or officers,  employee or employees or agent or agents,  in the name and
on behalf of the Corporation,  to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any  instrument,  and any such  authority may be general or confined to specific
instances, or otherwise limited.

                  6.2  LOANS.  The  Board  may  prospectively  or  retroactively
authorize  the  President  or  any  other  officer,  employee  or  agent  of the
Corporation  to effect loans and advances at any time for the  Corporation  from
any bank, trust company or other institution,  or from any firm,  corporation or
individual,  and for such loans and advances the person so authorized  may make,
execute and deliver  promissory notes,  bonds or other certificates or evidences
of indebtedness of the Corporation,  and, when authorized by the Board so to do,
may pledge and  hypothecate  or transfer any securities or other property of the
Corporation as security for any such loans or advances. Such authority conferred
by the Board may be general or  confined  to specific  instances,  or  otherwise
limited.

<PAGE>

                                                                              17

                  6.3 CHECKS,  DRAFTS, ETC. All checks,  drafts and other orders
for the payment of money out of the funds of the  Corporation  and all evidences
of indebtedness of the Corporation  shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation
in such manner as shall from time to time be  determined  by  resolution  of the
Board.

                  6.4  DEPOSITS.  The  funds of the  Corporation  not  otherwise
employed  shall be deposited  from time to time to the order of the  Corporation
with  such  banks,  trust  companies,   investment   banking  firms,   financial
institutions or other depositaries as the Board may select or as may be selected
by an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to whom such power to select
may from time to time be delegated by the Board.


                                    ARTICLE 7

                               STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
                               -------------------

                  7.1 CERTIFICATES  REPRESENTING  SHARES.  The shares of capital
stock of the  Corporation  shall be  represented  by  certificates  in such form
(consistent  with the provisions of Section 158 of the General  Corporation Law)
as shall be  approved  by the Board.  Such  certificates  shall be signed by the
Chairman, the President,  an Executive Vice President or a Vice President and by
the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  or the  Treasurer  or an  Assistant
Treasurer,  and may be impressed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile
thereof.  If the  Corporation is authorized to issue direct classes of shares or
different series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences,
and  limitations  applicable  to  each  class  and  the  variations  in  rights,
preferences,  and  limitations  determined for each series (and the authority of
the Board to determine  variations for future series) shall be summarized on the
front  or  back  of  each  certificate  of  shares  of  such  class  or  series.
Alternatively,  each  certificate may state  conspicuously  on its front or back
that the Corporation will furnish the Stockholder this information on request in
writing and without charge.  All  certificates for shares shall be consecutively
numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the
shares  represented  thereby are  issued,  with the number of shares and date of
issue,  shall be entered on the stock  transfer  books of the  Corporation.  The
signatures  of  the  officers  upon a  certificate  may  be  facsimiles,  if the
certificate is countersigned,  manually or by facsimile signature, by a transfer
agent or registrar  other than the Corporation  itself or its employee.  In case
any  officer,  transfer  agent or  registrar  who has signed or whose  facsimile
signature  has been  placed  upon any  certificate  shall have ceased to be such
officer,  transfer agent or registrar  before such  certificate is issued,  such
certificate  may,  unless  otherwise  ordered  by the  Board,  be  issued by the
Corporation  with the same effect as if such person were such officer,  transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.


<PAGE>

                                                                              18

                  7.2 TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Transfers of shares of capital  stock
of the  Corporation  shall be made only on the books of the  Corporation  by the
holder thereof or by the holder's duly authorized  attorney appointed by a power
of attorney duly  executed and filed with the  Secretary or a transfer  agent of
the   Corporation,   and  on  surrender  of  the   certificate  or  certificates
representing  such shares of capital  stock  properly  endorsed for transfer and
upon payment of all  necessary  transfer  taxes.  Every  certificate  exchanged,
returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked  "Canceled," with the
date of cancellation, by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the transfer
agent of the  Corporation.  A person in whose name shares of capital stock shall
stand on the books of the  Corporation  shall be deemed  the  owner  thereof  to
receive dividends,  to vote as such owner and for all other purposes as respects
the  Corporation.  No  transfer  of shares of  capital  stock  shall be valid as
against the Corporation,  its Stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except
to render the transferee  liable for the debts of the  Corporation to the extent
provided by law, until such transfer shall have been entered on the books of the
Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

                  7.3 TRANSFER AND REGISTRY  AGENTS.  The  Corporation  may from
time to time  maintain  one or more  transfer  offices  or agents  and  registry
offices or agents at such place or places as may be determined from time to time
by the Board.

                  7.4 LOST, DESTROYED,  STOLEN AND MUTILATED  CERTIFICATES.  The
holder of any  shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation  shall  immediately
notify the  Corporation  of any loss,  destruction,  theft or  mutilation of the
certificate  representing  such  shares,  and the  Corporation  may  issue a new
certificate  to replace the  certificate  alleged to have been lost,  destroyed,
stolen or  mutilated.  The Board may, in its  discretion,  as a condition to the
issue of any such new  certificate,  require  the owner of the lost,  destroyed,
stolen or mutilated certificate,  or his or her legal  representatives,  to make
proof satisfactory to the Board of such loss,  destruction,  theft or mutilation
and to advertise such fact in such manner as the Board may require,  and to give
the Corporation  and its transfer agents and registrars,  or such of them as the
Board may  require,  a bond in such form,  in such sums and with such  surety or
sureties as the Board may direct,  to indemnify the Corporation and its transfer
agents and registrars  against any claim that may be made against any of them on
account of the continued  existence of any such  certificate  so alleged to have
been lost, destroyed,  stolen or mutilated and against any expense in connection
with such claim.

                  7.5 RULES AND  REGULATIONS.  The Board may make such rules and
regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these Bylaws or with
the   Certificate  of   Incorporation,   concerning  the  issue,   transfer  and
registration of certificates representing shares of its capital stock.

                  7.6 RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF STOCK. A written restriction on
the transfer or registration of transfer of capital stock of the Corporation, if
permitted by Section 202 of the General  Corporation Law and noted conspicuously
on the certificate 


<PAGE>

                                                                              19

representing  such  capital  stock,  may be  enforced  against the holder of the
restricted capital stock or any successor or transferee of the holder, including
an executor, administrator,  trustee, guardian or other fiduciary entrusted with
like  responsibility  for the  person  or  estate of the  holder.  Unless  noted
conspicuously on the certificate representing such capital stock, a restriction,
even though  permitted by Section 202 of the General  Corporation  Law, shall be
ineffective except against a person with actual knowledge of the restriction.  A
restriction on the transfer or  registration of transfer of capital stock of the
Corporation may be imposed either by the Certificate of  Incorporation  or by an
agreement among any number of Stockholders  or among such  Stockholders  and the
Corporation.  No restriction so imposed shall be binding with respect to capital
stock issued prior to the adoption of the restriction unless the holders of such
capital stock are parties to an agreement or voted in favor of the restriction.

                  7.7  DIVIDENDS, SURPLUS, ETC.  Subject to the provisions of
the Certificate of Incorporation and of law, the Board:

                                    7.7.1   may declare and pay dividends or
          make other distributions on the outstanding shares of capital stock in
          such amounts and at such time or times as it, in its discretion, shall
          deem  advisable  giving  due  consideration  to the  condition  of the
          affairs of the Corporation;

                                    7.7.2  may use and apply, in its discretion,
          any of the surplus of the  Corporation  in purchasing or acquiring any
          shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation,  or  purchase  warrants
          therefor,  in  accordance  with law, or any of its bonds,  debentures,
          notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness; and

                                    7.7.3 may set aside from time to time out of
          such surplus or net profits such sum or sums as, in its discretion, it
          may think  proper,  as a reserve  fund to meet  contingencies,  or for
          equalizing  dividends or for the purpose of  maintaining or increasing
          the property or business of the Corporation, or for any purpose it may
          think conducive to the best interests of the Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE 8

                                BOOKS AND RECORDS

                  8.1 BOOKS AND  RECORDS.  There  shall be kept at the Office of
the Corporation  correct and complete records and books of account recording the
financial  transactions of the Corporation and minutes of the proceedings of the
Stockholders,  the Board and any committee of the Board.  The Corporation  shall
keep  at its  principal  office,  or at the  office  of the  transfer  agent  or
registrar of the Corporation, a record 


<PAGE>

                                                                              20

containing the names and addresses of all Stockholders,  the number and class of
shares  held by each and the dates when they  respectively  became the owners of
record thereof.

                  8.2 FORM OF RECORDS. Any records maintained by the Corporation
in the regular  course of its business,  including  its stock  ledger,  books of
account,  and minute  books,  may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards,
magnetic tape, photographs,  microphotographs,  or any other information storage
device,  provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible
written  form within a reasonable  time.  The  Corporation  shall so convert any
records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.

                  8.3  INSPECTION  OF BOOKS AND  RECORDS.  Except  as  otherwise
provided by law, the Board shall  determine  from time to time whether,  and, if
allowed,  when and under what conditions and regulations,  the accounts,  books,
minutes and other records of the  Corporation,  or any of them, shall be open to
the Stockholders for inspection.



<PAGE>

                                                                              21

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                      SEAL
                                      ----

                  The corporate  seal,  if the Board elects to adopt one,  shall
have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization
and the words "Corporate Seal,  Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or
a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.


                                   ARTICLE 10

                                   FISCAL YEAR
                                   -----------

                  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of
each calendar year, and may be changed, by resolution of the Board.


                                   ARTICLE 11

                              PROXIES AND CONSENTS
                              --------------------

                  Unless  otherwise  directed by the Board,  the  Chairman,  the
President,  any Executive Vice President,  any Vice President,  the Secretary or
the  Treasurer,  or any one of them,  may  execute  and deliver on behalf of the
Corporation  proxies respecting any and all shares or other ownership  interests
of any Other Entity owned by the  Corporation  appointing such person or persons
as the officer  executing  the same shall deem proper to represent  and vote the
shares or other ownership  interests so owned at any and all meetings of holders
of shares or other ownership  interests,  whether general or special,  and/or to
execute  and  deliver  consents   respecting  such  shares  or  other  ownership
interests;  or any of the  aforesaid  officers  may  attend  any  meeting of the
holders of shares or other ownership  interests of such Other Entity and thereat
vote or exercise  any or all other  powers of the  Corporation  as the holder of
such shares or other ownership interests.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                                     OFFICES
                                     -------

                  12.1  REGISTERED   OFFICE.   The  registered   office  of  the
Corporation shall be at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover,
County of Kent,  State of Delaware.  The registered  agent of the corporation at
such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.


<PAGE>

                                                                              22

                  12.2 OTHER  OFFICES.  The  Corporation  may also have offices,
including its principal office, at such other places both within and without the
State of Delaware as the Board of Directors  may from time to time  determine or
the business of the Corporation may require.


                                   ARTICLE 13

                                EMERGENCY BYLAWS
                                ----------------

             Unless the Certificate of  Incorporation  provides  otherwise,  the
following  provisions of this Article 13 shall be effective  during an emergency
resulting  from an attack on the United  States or during any  nuclear or atomic
disaster  or  during  the  existence  of  a  similar  catastrophe.  During  such
emergency:

                  13.1 NOTICE TO BOARD  MEMBERS.  Any one member of the Board or
any one of the following  officers:  Chairman,  President,  any  Executive  Vice
President,  any Vice President,  Secretary, or Treasurer,  may call a meeting of
the Board. Such person shall use reasonable efforts to notify all members of the
Board,  but notice of such  meeting need be given only to those  Directors  whom
after  reasonable  effort it is  practicable  to reach,  and may be given in any
practical manner, including by publication and radio. Such notice shall be given
at least six hours prior to commencement of the meeting.

                  13.2 TEMPORARY  DIRECTORS AND QUORUM.  One or more officers of
the  Corporation  present at the  emergency  Board  meeting,  as is necessary to
achieve a quorum, shall be considered to be Directors for the meeting, and shall
so serve in order of rank,  and within the same rank, in order of seniority.  In
the event that less than a quorum of the  Directors are present  (including  any
officers who are to serve as Directors for the meeting), those Directors present
(including  the  officers  serving  as  Directors)  shall  constitute  a quorum.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no meeting of the Board shall take place pursuant
to this  Article  13 without  the  presence  of at least  three  Directors  (not
including officers serving as Directors for the meeting).

                  13.3     ACTIONS PERMITTED TO BE TAKEN.  The Board as
constituted  in Section  13.2  hereof,  and after notice as set forth in Section
13.1 hereof may:

                           13.3.1  prescribe emergency powers to any officer of
         the Corporation;

                           13.3.2  delegate to any officer or Director, any of
         the powers of the Board;

<PAGE>

                                                                              23

                           13.3.3  designate lines of succession of officers and
         agents,  in the event  that any of them are unable to  discharge  their
         duties;

                           13.3.4 relocate the principal  place of business,  or
         designate successive or simultaneous principal places of business; and

                           13.3.5 take any other action reasonably  necessary to
         carry on the business of the Corporation.

                  13.4  EFFECTIVENESS  OF EMERGENCY  BYLAWS.  To the extent that
they are not  inconsistent  with the  provisions  of this  Article 13, all other
provisions  of these  Bylaws shall remain in effect  during an  emergency.  Upon
termination of the  emergency,  the provisions of this Article 13 shall cease to
be operative.


                                   ARTICLE 14

                                   AMENDMENTS
                                   ----------

                  Except as otherwise  expressly specified in the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws,  the Board may from time to time adopt,  amend or
repeal the Bylaws; provided,  however, that any Bylaws adopted or amended by the
Board may be amended or  repealed,  and any Bylaws may be adopted,  by a vote of
the  Stockholders  having at least  two-thirds  of the voting  power of the then
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.


                                      * * *

                                  CERTIFICATION
                                  -------------

                  The   undersigned,   in  his  capacity  as  Secretary  of  the
Corporation,  hereby  certifies  that the  foregoing is the Amended and Restated
Bylaws of the Corporation  adopted by the Board of the Corporation on this _____
day of July, 1998.


                           ------------------------------
                                Michael A. Lubin
                           Secretary of Pathnet, Inc.




                                                                  Exhibit 10.1.3
                                                                  --------------


                        Amendment #5 to Master Agreement
                   Dated 8 August, 1997 between Pathnet, Inc.
                              and NEC America, Inc.


Except as expressed  herein,  the terms and  conditions of the Master  Agreement
remain in full force and effect:

Article 2.        Scope of Contract
                  -----------------

2.2               Modify  (a)  to  read,   "Appendix  A  -  Sellers   Quotation,
                  DCQ98-M200554A,  dated  9/18/98,  excluding  General Terms and
                  Conditions".

Article 3.        Prices
                  ------
                  Delete "Subject to Section 3.2, the pricing stated in Appendix
                  A is valid for  orders  placed  within  three  years  from the
                  signing of this  Agreement and is" and modify first  paragraph
                  to read,  "Subject  to  Article  3.2,  the  pricing  stated in
                  Appendix  A hereto is valid for  orders  placed  from the date
                  9/18/98 for the balance of the Master Agreement term,  subject
                  to Article  3.5  below,  as  expressed  in Article 5. Term and
                  Option, and is...."

3.5               Delete in its entirety  Amendment #3 and replace in the Master
                  Agreement  with the  following,  "At the end of calendar  year
                  1999,  the Parties agree to have a good faith  negotiation  to
                  reach  mutually  beneficial  prices  for  the  balance  of the
                  Agreement  term.  In  consideration  of the  prices  stated in
                  Appendix A hereto,  Buyer agrees to hold Seller as the primary
                  supplier of digital microwave  equipment as listed in Appendix
                  A with a minimum share of purchase  volume in U.S.  dollars of
                  60% with Buyer having a two supplier relationship and 50% with
                  Buyer having a three supplier relationship.

                  Furthermore,  Buyer  agrees  it shall  purchase  from  Seller,
                  Equipment   in  a   cumulative   amount   of  no   less   than
                  $200,000,000.00 U.S. dollars by the end of calendar year 2002.
                  As part of this commitment,  in good faith effort,  Buyer will
                  procure  no  less  than  a  quantity  of  700  T/R's  (digital
                  microwave  terminals) each six month period beginning 9/18/98.
                  Buyer's failure to meet this T/R commitment level as set forth
                  herein shall result in the sole and exclusive remedy of Seller
                  as follows:  Seller  shall  reserve the right to withdraw  the
                  pricing  levels  set forth in this  Agreement  for  subsequent
                  purchases of Equipment."

3.6      Modify to read,  "The  pricing  set forth in  Appendix  A hereto is  
         applicable  to any  orders  placed  after 9/18/98."


<PAGE>


Article 27.       Product Support, Training and Other Support
                  -------------------------------------------
         27.1     Product  Support and Training  shall be performed as stated in
                  the Product Line Support  Policy in Appendix A. In addition to
                  this Appendix,  Seller shall provide Sales Engineering support
                  to Buyer on an "as needed" basis at no cost during the term of
                  this Agreement.

         27.2     Seller agrees to provide  training on an agreed upon scheduled
                  basis to any new Buyer or Buyer Company engineering  personnel
                  and Buyer operations personnel. Such training can be either at
                  Seller's  facility in  Herndon,  VA or Buyer's  facilities  in
                  Washington,  D.C. or Richardson,  Texas. For training at Buyer
                  or  Buyer's  Company's  facility,  Buyer  agrees to  reimburse
                  Seller  for the  instructor's  reasonable  travel  and  living
                  expense only.

         27.3     Seller  agrees  to  provide  Buyer:   two  hops  of  radio  in
                  terminal-terminal  arrangement  configured  as  follows:  1X1,
                  frequency    diversity/space    diversity   with    switchover
                  processors.  One hop would be  installed  in each of the Buyer
                  facilities in Washington, D.C. and Richardson, Texas.

         27.4     In a good faith effort and to the extent reasonably  feasible,
                  Seller to provide for Seller radio and  multiplexer  product -
                  including  any  enhancements  or  modifications  thereto,  (i)
                  detailed  specification  for the OS  (Operation  System) to NE
                  (Network Element)  operations  communications  path. This will
                  include  detailed  specifications  on how the network elements
                  may  be  accessed   directly  or  indirectly  by  the  OS  and
                  identifying  the protocols used for OS to NE operations and NE
                  to NE  operations.  Conformance  statements  to  all  relevant
                  protocols  at the  physical,  data link,  transport,  session,
                  presentation and application layer should be provided.  Use of
                  the proprietary or non-standard protocol  implementations must
                  be identified;  (ii) a detailed  description of the management
                  interfaces and  functionality  implemented at the  application
                  layer  described  in terms of GDMO or TL-1;  (iii) a technical
                  contact available to support Buyer during OS development. This
                  point of contact  should possess a detailed  understanding  of
                  the   protocol   interfaces   and   the   network   management
                  applications  implemented  on the NE.  The  primary  means  of
                  contact will be through email to both Wally Strader (Director,
                  Systems  Engineering)  and Robert Lowell  (Director,  Customer
                  Engineering) or their successors,  if any. To assist Seller in
                  its  response,  each such  contact  should  include a priority
                  listing  ranking of either a Level One,  Two or Three  inquiry
                  (Level One to denote in need of a response  within less than a
                  week.  Level Two or denote in need of  response  within one to
                  two  weeks,  and Level  Three to  denote  in need of  response
                  beyond two weeks), and (iv) notification to Buyer in the event
                  of  any   modifications   to  the  above  TMN   interfaces  or
                  communication  protocols  for  new  product  releases  and the
                  appropriate  documentation  and  support  provided as describe
                  above.

         27.5     In good faith  effort and to the extent  reasonably  feasible,
                  Seller will test the current 2000S radio to Bellcore's Network
                  Equipment  Building  System  (NEBS)  requirements.  Such tests
                  shall be  conducted  by  either  an  independent  third  party
                  testing  facility or by the  manufacturer  as  witnessed  by a
                  third party.  The testing criteria shall be those elements off
                  NEBS only that are applicable to the 2000S radio 

<PAGE>


                  equipment  and that Seller has stated  either meet or may meet
                  the NEBS  standard.  Seller's  intention  is to assist  Buyer,
                  where and when  practical,  in using these  tests'  results to
                  obtain collocation approval.

                  Furthermore, in a good faith effort, Seller will design, build
                  and make available during the term of this Master Agreement, a
                  new enhanced version of the 2000S radio. This new version will
                  be in significant compliance with the NEBS' standard.




         NEC America, Inc.                           Pathnet, Inc.

         By:  /s/Patrick Stewart                     By:  /s/David Schaeffer
              -----------------                           ------------------
                  P. Stewart                                  D. Schaeffer

         Title:  AGM, RCSD                           Title:  Chairman 
                 ---------                                   --------

         Date:   11/19/98                            Date:   11/20/98 
                 --------                                    --------







                                                                 Exhibit 10.10.2
                                                                 ---------------


                            THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

         THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this "Third  Amendment") is entered into
as of the 1st day of September 1998 (the  "Effective  Date") by and between 6715
Kenilworth Avenue General Partnership ("Landlord") and Pathnet, Inc.
("Tenant").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A.  Landlord  and Tenant are parties to that  certain  Lease  Agreement
dated August 9, 1997, as amended by that certain  Amendment to Lease dated March
5,  1998  and that  Second  Amendment  to Lease  dated  May 1,  1998  (together,
the"Lease").

         B. Landlord and Tenant desire to add certain  premises to the Lease and
make certain other  modifications  to the Lease as more  particularly  set forth
herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties
and other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.                PREMISES.   From  and  after  the  Effective  Date,  the  area
                  described  in Exhibit  A,  attached  hereto  and  incorporated
                  herein,  located on the first floor of the building containing
                  the  Premises and  consisting  of  approximately  1,500 square
                  feet,  is  hereby  incorporated  into  the  Premises  for  all
                  purposes.

2.                RENT.  In  Paragraph 3 of the Lease,  as amended by the Second
                  Amendment  to Lease,  (i) the number  "$305,860.00"  is hereby
                  deleted and the number  "335,860.00" is inserted in its place;
                  and (ii) the number  "25,488.33"  is hereby  deleted,  and the
                  number "27,988.00" is inserted in its place.

3.                SECURITY DEPOSIT. As of the date hereof,  Tenant has increased
                  the  Security   Deposit  under  the  Lease  by  delivering  to
                  Landlord, and Landlord hereby acknowledges receipt of, the sum
                  of $2,500.  The parties  acknowledge that the Security Deposit
                  is currently $19,493.33.

4.                IMPROVEMENTS.    The   parties    acknowledge   that   certain
                  improvements will be constructed in the Premises pursuant to a
                  separate agreement.

5.                CAPITALIZED  TERMS.  All capitalized  terms not defined herein
                  shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.

6.                RATIFICATION.  Except as expressly  modified herein, the Lease
                  remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

                      [SIGNATURES BEGIN ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

<PAGE>


         EXECUTED, under seal, as of the day and year first written above.

                                             LANDLORD:

                                             6715 KENILWORTH AVENUE
                                             GENERAL PARTNERSHIP


                                             BY:  /s/David Schaeffer
                                                ---------------------
                                                     David Schaeffer
                                                     General Partner

                                             TENANT:

                                             PATHNET, INC.


                                             BY:  /s/William R. Smedberg V
                                                 --------------------------
                                                     William R. Smedberg V
                                                     Vice President, Finance and
                                                          Corporate Development






                                                                    Exhibit 21.1
                                                                    ------------

                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


       Pathnet Finance I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

       Pathnet/Idaho Power License, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

       Pathnet/Idaho Power Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

       Pathnet BNSF Equipment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

       Pathnet Fiber Optics, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
The schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the Company's
balance sheet as of September 30, 1998 and the  Statements of Operations for the
year ended  December  31, 1998 and is  qualified in its entirety by reference to
such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                      0001061148
<NAME>                     Pathnet, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>      1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>     12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>    JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>               Dec-31-1998
<CASH>                                     57,322
<SECURITIES>                               97,896
<RECEIVABLES>                               3,207
<ALLOWANCES>                                    0
<INVENTORY>                                     0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                          162,479
<PP&E>                                     48,760
<DEPRECIATION>                                789
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                            365,414
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                      20,280
<BONDS>                                   346,212
                      35,970
                                     0
<COMMON>                                       29
<OTHER-SE>                               (37,077)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>              365,414
<SALES>                                     1,584
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            1,584
<CGS>                                       7,548
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               7,548
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                         32,572
<INCOME-PRETAX>                          (36,297)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                      (36,297)
<DISCONTINUED>                                  0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                 0
<CHANGES>                                       0
<NET-INCOME>                             (36,297)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                             (12.51)
<EPS-DILUTED>                             (12.51)

        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission